课件19张PPT。Section Ⅰ Getting Ready,Reading & Comprehending—Warming Up?Step One:Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1. ____________adj. 随和的;容易相处的
2. _______________adj. 好看的;漂亮的
3. ________________adj. 热心肠的
4. _________________adj. 辛勤工作的easy-goinggood-looking warm-hearted hardworking 5. _______________adj. 令人难以置信的;非常惊人的
6. ___________vt. 相信;信任
7. _____________n. 态度
8. ___________vt. 给人深刻的印象
9. ______________n. 热爱;献身
10. _______________vt. 将……奉献(给)
11.explanation n. ______________
unbelievablebelieveattitudeimpressdevotiondevote解释;说明 12.explain vt. _________________
13. enjoyable adj. ______________________
14. enjoy vt. _________________________
15.besides adv. ____________________
16.imaginative adj. ___________________
17. imagine vt. _____________
18.range vi. ___________________
19.challenge vt. _____________________
20.furthermore adv. __________________
解释;说明 有乐趣的;令人享受的 欣赏;享受;喜爱 而且;还有 富于想像的;幻想的 想像(在……内)变化 挑战,邀请比赛 而且;此外 Ⅱ.重点短语
1.as ________as 差不多,几乎;
与……一样好
2.quite a lot ______许多
3.be kind_______... 对……友好
4.be crazy _____________... 对……着迷;非常喜欢……
5.change one’s attitude ___________...
改变某人对……的看法
goodof to about/ontowards6. act ________... 把……表演出来
7. according_______... 根据……;按照……
8._______least 至少;起码
9.range from... _____... (范围)从……到……
outtoat to1(CD)?Step Two:Fast Reading
Scan the text and then choose the best answers according to the text.
1.Who is Tony writing to?( )
A.His parents. B.A teacher.
C.His friend. D.The headmaster.
2.Why does the writer feel like learning English now?( )
CCA.Because English is a very interesting subject.
B.Because the English teacher is very handsome.
C.Because the English teacher changes his attitude towards English learning.
D.Because the writer thinks it important to learn English well.
3.What does the English teacher think is essential for success of an English class?( )
A.The teacher’s smile.
B.The students’ laugh.
C.The teacher’s humour.
D.The chuckles between the teacher and the students.
D4.Which is TRUE according to the passage?( )
A.Mr.Mills is proud of his humour.
B.The writer doesn’t hate English any more because of his English teacher’s song.
C.Robbie likes Tony’s English teacher too.
D.Tony’s English teacher likes to discuss different subjects with his students outside of the classroom.
D5.What has made the teacher’s lessons more enjoyable?( )
A.His sense of humour.
B.His devotion to teaching.
C.His knowledge.
D.His funny looking.
A?Step Three:Careful Reading
Ⅰ.Read the text and answer the following questions.
1.Does Tony like to learn English now? What or who makes him change his attitude?
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________答案:Yes.He likes English very much. Mr.Mills,his English teacher,makes him change his attitude to English.2.In what way does Mr.Mills make his lessons more enjoyable?
______________________________________
答案:Through his sense of humour.Ⅱ.Read the text again and fill in the blanks.enjoys kindpretty crazy attitude devotionenjoyableacts out according toimaginative subjects ?Step Four:Consolidation
Tony has become a senior middle school student.He does 1. ________his new school life.New teachers and schoolmates here are all very 2. __________him.Because of his English teacher Mr.Mills,he’s pretty 3.
_____________English,which he once hated.Mr.Mills always prepares his lessons well and 4. __________what he wants to teach in class. enjoykind tocrazy about acts outWhile he is teaching,he uses body languages to express his feelings and 5. _________what he teaches.At the same time,his musical tone of voice 6. ______________his students deeply.7. ___________,he likes to meet with students outside of the classroom to discuss different subjects in English,8.
_________from the Internet to pop music.In one word,he always makes learning more
explainimpressedBesidesranging9. ___________through his 10.________________.
?Step Five: Discussion
What do you think a good teacher should be like? (enthusiastic,patient,friendly...)
___________________________________________
___________________________________________
___________________________________________
enjoyablesense of humor本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件67张PPT。SectionⅡ Getting Ready,Reading & Comprehending—Language Study词汇精研
1 as good as 差不多,几乎;与……一样好
(教材原句)Most human beings are as good as they are because some unsung teachers were there when needed. 大多数人都同他们一样优秀,因为总有一些默默无闻的老师,在社会需要他们时默默付出。归纳拓展
as long as 和……一样长……;只要(引导条件状语从句)
as soon as 一……就……
as well as 和……一样好,也,还
as far as 和……一样远;远至……;就……而言
①It was as good as new.这几乎像新的一样。
②What he said has as good as shown his attitude.
他说的话实际上表明了他的态度。
③As long as you drive carefully,you will be very safe.
如果你开车小心,你就会很安全。
巧学活用
1-1完成句子
(1)他既种菜也种花。
He grows flowers ____________ vegetables.
(2)我一到那儿,就给你写信。
I’ll write to you ____________ I get there.
(3)他们一直走到湖边。
They walked _____________ the lake.
as well asas soon asas far as1-2单项填空
________ the danger from the enemy action,people had to deal with the lack of food,clothing,and almost everything.
A.As good as B.As long as
C.As well as D.As soon as解析:选C。句中the danger和the lack of food等后面的成分是并列成分,因而用as well as连接,即表示“除……以外,还”之意;as good as 差不多,几乎;与……一样好;as long as 只要;as soon as 一……就,是连词,用来引导状语从句。
2 be crazy about/on... 对……着迷;非常喜欢……
(教材原句)But I’m pretty crazy about this subject now.
但现在我对这个科目简直着了迷。
归纳拓展
be crazy for 渴望……
Sb.be crazy to do sth.= It is crazy of sb.to do sth.某人做……真是太疯狂了。
drive sb.crazy 逼得某人发疯
go crazy 发疯
like crazy 疯狂地
①Tom is crazy about football.汤姆非常喜欢足球。
②That noise is driving me crazy/making me go crazy.
那噪声吵得我要发狂.3 attitude n.态度
(教材原句)Well,I never thought that a teacher would change my attitude towards English learning,but it just happened. 我以前从未想过一位老师会改变我对英语学习的态度,但这事确实发生了。
归纳拓展
attitude to/towards sb./sth.对……的态度/看法
have a positive/negative attitude to/towards sb./sth.对……持肯定/否定的态度 ①What’s your attitude to the plan?你对这个计划有什么看法?
②He has a bad attitude towards his schoolwork.
他对功课的态度不端正。
4 impress v.给人深刻的印象
(教材原句) Mr. Mills is our English teacher,and I’m very much impressed by his devotion to teaching.
米尔斯先生是我们的英语老师,我印象最深的是他对教学的热诚。归纳拓展
1) impress sb.(with sth.)(某事)给某人留下印象
impress sth.on/upon sb.使意识到(重要性或严重性等)
be impressed with/by为……所感动;对……有印象
2)impression n.印象;印记
leave/have/make a(n)...impression on sb.给某人留下……的印象 ①Li Kang is very impressed with the teachers and the technology in his new school.
新学校的老师和技术给李康留下了非常深刻的印象。
②Our boss often impresses the importance of creativity on us.
老板经常让我们铭记创新的重要性。③His first speech as president made a strong impression on his audience.他当总统后的第一次演讲给听众留下了深刻的印象。
5 devotion n.热爱;献身
(教材原句)Mr.Mills is our English teacher,and I’m very much impressed by his devotion to teaching.
米尔斯先生是我们的英语老师,我印象最深的是他对教学的热诚。
归纳拓展
1) devote vt.将……奉献(给)
devote one’s life/ time/ energy to ( doing) sth.把某人的一生/时光/精力奉献给……
devote oneself to 致力于;献身于;专心于
2)devoted adj.挚爱的;忠实的
be devoted to (doing) sth.献身于;专心致志于①His devotion to science is well known.他对科学的献身精神为人熟知。
②I don’t think we should devote any more time to this question.
我认为我们不应该在这个问题上再花时间。
③He has devoted his life to helping blind people.
他为帮助盲人而献出一生。
2-1完成句子
(1)She’s _____________ (热衷于)dancing.
(2)She ____________ (变得疯狂) with fear.
(3)_____________________________ (买那辆车你真是疯了) at such a high price.crazy aboutwent crazyYou are crazy to buy that car3-1完成句子
(1)你知道他对这个问题的看法吗?
Do you know his __________________ the
question?
(2)村民们对我们都采取友好的态度。
The villagers all
___________________________________ us.
attitude to/towardstook a friendly attitude to/towards3-2单项填空
Despite such a big difference in ________ towards what one eats,there is no doubt that people in the W est regard the Chinese food as something special.
A.point B.idea
C.attitude D.sight
解析:选C。句意:尽管对于饮食的看法有很大的不同,无疑西方的人们把中餐看成是特别的东西。attitude towards...意为“对于……的态度/看法”。
4-1用impress的适当形式填空
(1)The book ____________ a lot of people.
(2)The audience were deeply ____________
by the actors’ wonderful performances.
(3) My new English teacher left a good ___________ on me.
impressedimpressedimpression4-2单项填空
At the meeting,all the people were deeply ________ with her brilliant report.
A.impressed B.surprised
C.excited D.comforted
解析:选A。句意:在会上,所有人都被她的精彩的报告深深打动了。be impressed with by 被……打动,符合句意。surporise 惊奇;excite 激动;comfort 安慰,均不符合题意。
5-1句型转换
It took the old scientist all his life to study wildlife.
→The old scientist _________ all his life
________ studying wildlife.
devotedto5-2单项填空
Jane’s time ________ to nursing only amounted to two months.
A.devotes B.devoted
C.devoting D.is devoted
解析:选B。句意:简的护理时间仅有两个月。devoted to nursing是过去分词短语作后置定语,修饰time,time与devote之间是被动关系。
名师微博 devote...to...和 be devoted to中的to都是 介词,后接 名词 或 v.-ing形式 。
6 believe v.相信;信任
(教材原句)He believes that no class hour is successful if the students and the teachers can’t share several chuckles and at least one loud laugh. 在他看来,如果师生在一堂课上没有几次会心的笑声或至少一次开怀大笑,就不是一堂成功的课。
?
归纳拓展③I don’t believe a single word he says.他的话我一句也不信。
④He did not believe in Howard’s honesty.他不相信霍华德为人真诚。
[易混辨析] believe/believe in
①I believe him.(=I believe what he says.)我相信他(的话)。
②I believe in him.(=I trust him.)我相信他是一个信得过的人。(我信任他)
7 besides adv.而且;还有
(教材原句) Besides,he helps us to learn English in an imaginative way,using such aids as paintings,recordings,cartoons,and flash cards.
而且,他利用像油画、唱片、漫画和动画等辅助物,让我们用一种极富想像力的方法来学英语。
[易混辨析]
besides/except/except/that/except for①The driver couldn’t see either.Besides,the roads are nearly impassable.
刚才司机也看不清楚。而且这些路简直无法通行。
②What has he done,besides reading the paper?
除了看报,他还做了什么?
8 imaginative adj.富于想像的;幻想的
(教材原句)Besides,he helps us to learn English in an imaginative way,using such aids as paintings,recordings,cartoons,and flash cards.
而且,他利用像油画、唱片、漫画和动画等辅助物,让我们用一种极富想像力的方法来学英语。
6-1完成句子
(1)人们相信王先生是这个城市里最富有的人。
___________________ Mr. Wang is the richest person in the city.
(2)信不信由你,我没说谎。
_________________,I did not lie.
It is believed thatBelieve it or not6-2单项填空
As is known to all,he is honest.That’s why I ________ him all the time.But I don’t ________ what he told me this time.
A.believe;believe
B.believe in;believe
C.believe in;believe in
D.believe;believe in
解析:选B。由前句中的“他很诚实”可知,“
我”很信任他,表信任用believe in,第二空
为believe,意为“这次我不相信他说的话。”
7-1选词填空
except/ besides/except for/ except that
(1) ________ Tom,we also went to see a
movie.
(2) ________ Tom,we went to see a movie.
BesidesExcept(3)The two books are the same ____________ this one has an answer key at the back.
(4)Smith is a good man __________ his bad temper.
7-2单项填空
I don’t want to go to the cinema.________,I’m feeling too tired.
A.However B.Besides
C.On the contrary D.Though
except thatexcept for解析:选B。由上下句的句意可以判断出,两句并非转折关系,而是补充说明关系,故可推知答案为B。
8-1完成句子
(1)你能想像他作为一个演员而出名吗?
Can you imagine __________________ famous as an actor?
(2)我想像不出发生了什么事。
I can’t imagine _______________________.
him/his becomingwhat has happened归纳拓展
1)imagine vt. 想像
imagine (doing)sth. 想像(做)某事
imagine sb./sb.’s doing sth. 想像某人做某事
imagine sb./sth.(to be) adj./n. 把某人(物)想像成……
imagine that/what/how/why... 想像……
2)imagination n. 想像力;创造力
①Time travel series connect both today and the past,thus offering imaginative room to audience,said Cai Yinong,the producer of startling by Each step.《步步惊心》制片人蔡艺侬认为,“穿越剧”将古代和现代连接起来,为观众提供了更多的想象空间。
②Can you imagine(Tom) winning the game?
你能想像(汤姆)赢得这次比赛的情形吗?
③Imagine yourself (to be) rich and famous.想像一下你又有钱,又有名的情况。
9explain v.解释,说明
(教材原句)This morning,he even sang a song in class to explain a grammatical rule in the coursebook.
今天上午,他还在课上唱了一首歌来解释一条语法规则。归纳拓展
1) explain to sb. 向某人解释
explain sth.to sb. 向某人解释某事
explain that/ wh? 解释……
2) explanation n. 解释;说明
①We’ve all been touched by love,but no one really understand it,nor can anyone explain why we do the things we do when we are in love.
我们都曾被爱感动,但却没有人真正懂得爱,同时也没有人可以解释身陷爱河中时一举一动的动机是什么。
②Can you explain how the machine operates?
你能解释一下这机器是如何运转的吗?
10range vi. (在……内)变化;n.幅度,范围;山脉;射程
(教材原句)Furthermore,I admire the fact that he likes to meet with students outside of the classroom to discuss different subjects in English, ranging from the Internet to pop music. 此外,更让我钦佩的是他经常在课后与学生们在一起,用英语交谈从因特网到流行音乐的不同话题。
归纳拓展①The children’s ages range from 8 to 15.
这些孩子们的年龄在8岁到15岁之间。
②The houses are sold out within this price range.
在这个价位范围之内的房子已售完。
8-2单项填空
It is difficult to imagine his ________ the plan without any consideration.
A.accept B.accepting
C.to accept D.accepted
解析:选B。句意:很难想像在没有经过考虑的情况下他就接受了这个计划。根据句意使用imagine doing sth.这一结构,表示“想像做某事”。
9-1翻译句子
(1)请把这个问题给我讲解一下。
______________________________________
(2)你能解释一下你为什么迟到吗?
______________________________________
Please explain this problem to me.Can you explain why you were late?9-2单项填空
I don’t quite follow your reasoning.Can you ________ ?
A.explain me it B.explain it to me
C.explain me to it D.explain to me it
解析:选B。向某人解释某事应用explain sth.to sb.结构。
名师微博 explain 后不能直接跟 直接宾语,要加to 。
10-1完成句子
(1)书的价格差别很大。
There is a _________________ for books.
(2)她做过许多不同的工作,从厨师到游泳教练。
She has had a number of different jobs,_______________chef ________ swimming
instructor.
wide price rangeranging fromto10-2单项填空
The number of students in each class ________ from 65 to 70.
A.range B.is ranging
C.ranges D.is ranged
解析:选C。range指“变化,排列,归类于”
为不及物动词;the number of...意为“……的
数量”,当其作主语时,谓语动词用单数。故
选C。
句型巧析
1(教材原句)It’s been a long time since we left our junior middle school.
自从我们初中毕业到现在,已有好长一段时间了。
[句法分析]It be+时间段+since...“自从……以来已有……(时间)”句型。主句中若be为is/has been,since从句用一般过去时;若be为was,则从句中用过去完成时。
①It is two years since I began to learn English.我开始学英语已有两年了。
②It was years since the war broke out.战争已经爆发好几年了。
巧学活用
1-1完成句子
(1)自从大学毕业后,我再也没收到他的来信。
I ________________________________ we graduated from college.
(2)从那以后,他听说过很多这样的事件。
He ______________ many such events ever since.
?
have never heard from him sincehas heard of归纳拓展
1)①since 引导的从句中的动词常用非延续动词,翻译时是肯定的,表示“自从……多久了”。
②since 引导的从句中的动词为延续性动词,翻译是否定的,即动作发生时间的起点应从该动作结束时算起,表示“自从该动作结束以来已有多久了”。
2) was/will be +一段时间+before...过了一段时间就发生了某事/要过多久才能发生某事。It was not half a year before they married.还没过半年他们就结婚了。
It will be another week before he returns.还要再过一周他才能回来。
3) It is/was +时间点+ when...当……时已是……什么时候了。
③Mr.Li has been here since he came back.自从李先生回来以后,他一直在这儿。
④I haven’t heard from him since he lived here.
自从他不住在这儿以来,我就没有收到他的来信。
⑤It was already midnight when I returned home from my office last night.
昨天晚上我从办公室回到家时已是半夜了。
2(教材原句)Furthermore,I admire the fact that he likes to meet with students outside of the classroom to discuss different subjects in English,ranging from the Internet to pop
music. 此外,更让我钦佩的是他经常在课后与学生们在一起,用英语交谈从因特网到流行音乐的不同话题。
[句法分析]此句中的that引导的从句为同位语从句,that仅起连接作用,无意义。
①The thought that Lao Li would open a restaurant in New York surprised his wife.老李要在纽约开饭店的想法让他的妻子非常吃惊。
归纳拓展
1)同位语从句常放在fact,news,hope,truth,idea,suggestion,thought,question, order,problem,belief,fear等抽象名词的后面,对前面的名词作进一步的解释,说明前面的名词的具体含义。
2)同位语从句常用that引导,也可以由连接代词who,what,whose,which,连接副词how,when,where,why或连词whether来引导。 ②He got a message from Mr.Johnson that the manager could not see him that afternoon.
他从约翰逊先生那里得到消息,经理那天下午不能同他会面了。
③He must answer the question whether he agrees to it or not.
他必须回答他是否同意这样一个问题。,
1-2单项填空
(1)That was really a splendid evening.It’s years ________ I enjoyed myself so much.
A.when B.that
C.before D.since
解析:选D。句意:那真是一个奇妙的夜晚。我已多年没玩得这么开心了。本题考查It’s...since...句式,故答案是D。本题易误看作It’s years before...句式,若用before,本句应为It will be...before+一般时。(2)This novel will take Tom and Paul about six months;it will be a long time ________ we meet them again.
A.after B.before
C.since D.when
解析:选B。考查连词辨析。句意:这本小说将花费汤姆和保罗大约六个月的时间,因此要过很长一段时间我们才能再见到他们。“It will be +一段时间+before+从句”表示“要过多久才会……”,故选B。
2-1完成句子
(1)我不知道她穿几号的鞋。
I ____________________ size shoes she wears.
(2)我听到了我们队获胜的消息。
I heard the news ___________________________________.
have no idea whatthat our team had won the game2-2单项填空
The fact has worried many scientists ________ the earth is becoming warmer and warmer these years.
A.what B.which
C.that D.though
解析:选C。考查同位语从句。that the earth is becoming warmer and warmer these years是同位语从句,修饰the fact,解释其具体内容。本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件72张PPT。Section Ⅲ Language Focus,Listening and Speaking,
Writing & Further Reading?Step One: Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1. ________adj. 微不足道的;轻微的;微小的
2. _____________n. 相反
3. ________________adj. 泄气的;灰心的;沮丧的
4. _____________n. 性质;特性
5._____________ adj. 迷人的;有吸引力的
6. _________adv. 紧密地slightcontrarydiscouraged quality attractive closely 7. _____ adj. 有关联的
8._____ n. 能力
9._____ adj. 容忍的;宽大的
10.______ n. 弱点;短处
11.skill n. ___________
12.patience n. ___________
13.perfect adj. __________
relatedability tolerantweakness 技术;技能 耐心;忍耐 完美的;理想的 14.main adj. ___________
15.method n. ___________
16.sympathetic adj. ___________
17.charm n. ______
18.cooperation n. __________
主要的;重要的 方法;办法 同情的;有同情心的 魅力 合作;协作 Ⅱ.重点短语
1.give ___ 放弃(念头、希望等);停止
2.way __解决之道;摆脱困境的办法
3. ___the end 最后;终于
4.above ____最重要的
5. ___the contrary 正相反
6.(closely) related ___... 与……(紧密) 相关
upoutinallonto7.be tolerant ___... 容忍……
8. _____ mistakes 犯错误
9.a bit __a/an... 一点儿……的味道
10.(every) now and ____时而;不时
11.be born____... 生来就像……
12.deal ____对付;处理
13.be perfect ___... 在……方面完美;精通……ofmakeof thenlike with in?Step Two:Fast Reading
Ⅰ.Scan the text The Personal Qualities of a Teacher and then choose the best answers according to the text.( )
1.How many personal qualities of a teacher have been mention in the passage?
A.Three. B.Four.
C.Five. D.Six.C2.In order to make his lessons interesting,a teacher should ________.
A.teach the lesson vividly
B.perform like an actor in a film
C.learn from an actor
D.become an actorB3.Which of the following is NOT true?( )
A.A teacher is born patient.
B.Great patience is needed for a teacher.
C.A teacher needs patience to deal with problem students.
D.A teacher may become patient by training himself.
A4.Which of the following is NOT a personal quality of a teacher?( )
A.Sympathetic.
B.Good?looking.
C.Patient.
D.Tolerant.BⅡ.Read the text The Personal Qualities of a Teacher and fill in the blanks.
What a personal 1._____should a
teacher have?
Firstly,a teacher should be 2._____ ,
that is he shouldn’t be 3._______.
Secondly,it’s basic for a teacher to be 4.
_______ to understand the minds and feelings of other people.
qualitiesattractiveboringsympatheticThirdly,a teacher should be a bit of an 5.
___.It means that every now and then a teacher should act as an actor to make his lessons 6.____ and interesting.
Fourthly,a teacher must show his great 7.
_____ sometimes.
Finally,a teacher should have the kind of
8.____ which wants to go on
actorlively patiencemind9. ______.Education needs full and active 10. _______ between the teacher and the students.learningcooperation词汇精研
1 give up 放弃(念头、希望等);停止
归纳拓展
①Rome was forced to give up its bid for the 2020 Olympic Games.罗马被迫放弃申办2020奥运会。
②He gave up his seat to an old man.他让座给一位老人。
③She didn’t give up work when she had a baby.
她有孩子后还未放弃工作。
2 above all 最重要的
①What a child should do,above all,is to do well in his studies.
小孩子该做的最重要的事是学好功课。
②He is strong,brave and,above all,honest.
他强壮,勇敢,最重要的是他诚实。
归纳拓展3 discouraged adj.泄气的;灰心的;沮丧的
归纳拓展
1)discourage v. 使泄气;使沮丧;打消……的念头
discourage sb.from doing sth.劝某人不要做某事;使某人失去做某事的信心
2)discouraging adj.令人泄气的;令人沮丧的
discouragement n.沮丧;灰心丧气;挫折;阻止 ①Although he has failed twice,he is not discouraged.
虽然失败了两次,但他并没有气馁。
②Don’t discourage her;she’s doing her best.
别泄她的气,她正尽力做呢。
③Parents should discourage their children from smoking.
做父母的应该劝子女不要吸烟。
4quality n.性质;特性
(教材原句)The Personal Qualities of a Teacher
教师的个人品质
巧学活用
1-1完成句子
(1)Bill Gates _____________ (捐了)most of his money to charity.
(2)It is often the husband who ____________ (做出让步)first when a quarrel breaks out between the young couple.
gave awaygives in1-2单项填空
—Smoking so much is really bad for your health.
—Yes,I know.But I simply can’t ________.
A.give it up B.give it in
C.give it out D.give it away
解析:选A。表示“戒烟,停止、放弃做某事”应使用give up;give away表示“捐赠;泄露(秘密);出卖(朋友等)”。
名师微博 give up为“动词+副词”短语,如果宾语是 代词 时,要把代词放在动词和副词 之间 。2-1完成句子
(1)我们一共十二个人吃饭。
There were twelve of us _________ for
dinner.
(2)我一点儿都不喜欢。
I didn’t enjoy it ______________.
(3)结果他还是乘火车去的。
It turned out he went by train
______________.in allat allafter all(4)钟表首先要准确,其次才是好看。
A clock is ______________ correct,and then it is also attractive.
2-2单项填空
____________,meeting strangers means seeing the unknown,which naturally makes one feel uncomfortable.
A.In all B.At all
C.For all D.After all
above all解析:选D。由句意看,应使用after all表示说话者的一种语气“毕竟”;in all表示“总共,共计”。
3-1完成句子
(1)如果练习太难,学习者就可能感到太没信心了。
___________________________________ if an exercise is too difficult.Learners can feel very discouraged(2)雨天打消了我们外出的念头。
The rain _____________________________.
3-2单项填空
I feel ________ that I have been promoted to a manager in the company.
A.convinced B.delighted
C.terrified D.discouraged
解析:选B。句意:我感到高兴,因为我在公司被提升为经理。用delighted表示“(某人感到)高兴的”。其他选项不合题意。
discouraged us from going out 4-1完成句子
Today I’m very happy because my English teacher praised me.My teacher said that my work had improved in ___________________ (数量与质量)except that
_______________________ (少量)spelling mistakes were discovered in my homework.
quantity and qualitya small quantity of归纳拓展
1) be of good/poor quality 质量好/差
2) quantity n. 量;数量
a large quantity of 大量的
large quantities of 大量的;许多的
①This material is very poor quality.这种材料质量很差。
②Modesty is one of his good qualities.谦虚是他的美德之一。
5attractive adj.迷人的;有吸引力的
(教材原句)Firstly,a teacher should be attractive.
首先,教师应该有人性魅力。
归纳拓展
1) attract vt. 引起(注意、兴趣等)
attract sb.to sth. 某事吸引某人
attract one’s attention 吸引某人的注意
2) attraction n. 有吸引力的事物;吸引 ①After Palace and Startling by Each Step achieved startling ratings last year,Palace 2 is attractive by many time travel fans back to TV.
随着去年《宫》和《步步惊心》接连获得令人赞叹的收视率之后,《宫2》将引来很多“穿越迷”的追捧。
②His new book has attracted a lot of attention.
他的新书吸引了许多人的注意。
③What first attracted me to her was her sense of humour.
她首先吸引我的是她的幽默感。
6closely adv. 紧密地
(教材原句)Closely related to this is the ability to be tolerant—not indeed of what is wrong,but of the weakness of human beings which may lead people,especially children,to make mistakes. 与此紧密相关的是宽容的能力——不是宽容错误,而是宽容人性中的不成熟,正是这种不成熟使人,尤其是孩子,犯错误。
归纳拓展
1)close v.关;(使)接近;adj.近的;adv.接近地;n.结束
close to 靠近;几乎
get close to 接近;靠近
2) close down 关闭;停业 close up 关闭;停歇①This case is closely connected with that young lawyer.
这件案子和那位年轻律师密切相关。
②The church is close to the school.教堂离学校很近。
③When does the shop close?店铺几点关门?
[易混辨析] close/closely7(closely) related to 与……紧密相关
(教材原句)Closely related to this is the ability to be tolerant—not indeed of what is wrong,but of the weakness of human beings which may lead people,especially children,to make mistakes. 与此紧密相关的是宽容的能力——不是宽容错误,而是宽容人性中的不成熟,正是这种不成熟使人,尤其是孩子,犯错误。
4-2单项填空
The ________ of the picture on our television isn’t very good.
A.qualities B.quantity
C.quantities D.quality
解析:选D。句意:我们电视机的画质并不好。quality意为“品质、质量、特性”。
5-1完成句子
(1)婴儿喜欢鲜艳的颜色。
Babies __________________ bright colours.
(2)我试图引起汤姆的注意。
I tried to ______________________.
are attracted toattract Tom’s attention5-2单项填空
With all his attention ________ on his experiment,he has no time to spend with his family.
A.paid B.focused
C.attracted D.settled
解析:选B。此处使用的是focus one’s attention on这一搭配,又因为此with结构中,attention 与focus有被动关系,因而使用过去分词作宾补。
名师微博 attraction表示“吸引(力)”时多为 不可数名词,但表示“有吸引力的事物,名胜”时为 可数 名词。
6-1选词填空(close/closely)
(1)靠近点,让我好好看看你。
Come ________ so that I can see you.
(2)让我们更加紧密地团结起来。
Let’s unite more ________.
(3)她紧靠着墙站着。
She stood ________ against the wall.
closecloselyclose6-2单项填空
Word came that the young businessman got close to ________ in the train accident.
A.kill B.be killed
C.killing D.being killed
解析:选D。句意:有消息说,这个年轻的商人在这次火车事故中差一点丧命。get close to 接近;靠近,其中 to 为介词,并且年轻的商人应该是差一点被杀死,故选D。
7-1翻译句子
所有事物之间都是相联系的。
______________________________________
归纳拓展
1) relate v. 把……联系起来;讲述;叙述
relation n. 关系;亲戚
in relation to 关于;与……相比
2)“与……有关”的其他短语: be connected with,have something to do with等。
All things were related to all other things.①Much of the crime in this area is related to drug abuse.
这一地区的许多犯罪都与滥用毒品有关。
②These two events were related to each other.这两个事件相互有联系。
8patience n. 耐心;忍耐
(教材原句)Fourthly,a teacher must show his great patience sometimes. 第四,教师必须有无限的耐心。
归纳拓展
1) have (no) patience with对……(不能)容忍 have the patience to do sth.做某事有耐心 with patience=patiently耐心地2) patient adj.耐心的;能忍受; n.病人
be patient with sb.对某人有耐心
be patient of sth.忍耐某事
①She has no patience with time-wasters.她对浪费时间的人没有耐性。
②Have patience;the bus will come soon.耐心点,公共汽车快来了。
9deal with 对付;处理
(教材原句)Teaching takes great energy and a teacher should be able to deal with problem children. 教学需要教师付出极大的努力,教师也应该能与难管教的孩子打交道。
①He has learnt to deal properly with all kinds of difficult situations.
他已学会恰当地对付各种复杂局面。
②This book deals with an important issue.这本书论及一个重要的问题。
[易混辨析] deal with/ do with10method n.方法;办法
(教材原句)There are three main aspects of study: the subjects which the teacher is teaching;the methods the teacher is using;the students whom the teacher is teaching. 主要有三个要学习的方面:教师所教授的科目,所使用的教学方法和所教的那些学生。
①A new training method was introduced.引进了一种新的训练方法。②Teaching methods vary greatly from school to school.
各个学校的教学方法大不相同。
[易混辨析] method/way/means7-2单项填空
It was said that he might be ________ with the murder.
A.related B.connecting
C.connected D.relating
解析:选C。句意:据说他可能与这起谋杀案有关联。be connected with是固定短语,意为“与……有关系(联系)”。如果选A,应把题干中的with改为to。8-1完成句子
(1)他对学生特别有耐心。
He ____________________ his students.
(2)一位好老师总是耐心对待学生提出的任何问题。
A good teacher ___________________ any questions raised by his students.
(3)我警告你,我对你已经渐渐失去耐性了。
I warn you,I’m beginning to lose my ________ with you.
is very patient withis always patient of patience8-2单项填空
—You know,his little son is a little slow ________ speaking,so...
—So I have to be patient ________ him.
A.in;with B.on;with
C.in;to D.at;for
解析:选A。考查固定搭配。句意:——你知道,他的小儿子在说话上有点慢,所以……。——所以我必须对他有耐心。介词in在本题中表示“在……方面”;be patient with sb.对某人有耐心。
9-1完成句子
(1)His new book which he published last month ________________ (论及) the present financial crisis.
(2) The truth is that most of us don’t know what ________________ (处理) the waste.
(3)I don’t know how ____________________ (处理)the problem.
deals withto do withto deal with9-2单项填空
Last summer I took a course on ________ poisonous gases.
A.how to deal with B.what to deal with
C.how to do with D.what to cope with
解析:选A。此处with已有宾语,只能和how搭配,表示方式;C项do with常与疑问词what连用。
10-1选词填空(way/method/means)
(1)We must help him by all possible
________.
(2)I worked out this problem in this
________.
(3)The scientist is showing the ________ of scientific farming to the peasants.means waymethod10-2单项填空
In the countryside for most people,the bicycle is still their main ________ of transport.
A.way B.method
C.means D.purpose
解析:选C。means of transport表示“交通工具”,是固定用法;way表示“方法”时多用way of doing和way to do结构;method表示“方法”与介词with搭配。
句型巧析
1(教材原句)Secondly,
it is basic for a teacher to be sympathetic—to understand the minds and feelings of other people.
第二,教师最基本的是要有同情心——去理解他人的内心和感受。
[句法分析]本句中it是形式主语,真正的主语是to be sympathetic—to understand the minds and feelings of other people。归纳拓展
1)在It is+adj.+for sb.to do sth.句型中,形容词只能说明不定式的行为性质和特点,不能说明不定式的执行者。能用于该结构的形容词有:difficult,easy,hard,important,impossible,necessary,possible等。
2)在It is+adj.+of sb.to do sth.句型中,形容词说明不定式的逻辑主语的品行、性格、性质等,该句型通常可改为sb.+be+adj.to do sth.。能用于该结构的形容词有:nice,good,stupid,silly,careful等。
①It’s not difficult to find out information about the programs.
要找到有关这些节目的信息并不难。
②It’s very kind of you to help us=You are kind to help us.
你帮助我们真是太好了。
2(教材原句)That is a useful skill for teaching,which means that every now and then a teacher should act as an actor to make his lesson lively and interesting. 演技是教学技巧的一个方面,意思是教师时而应表演一下,使他的课更生动有趣。
[句法分析]本句make his lesson lively and interesting 为“make+宾语+宾语补足语”句型,句型中的make是使役动词,意为“使……做某事,使……成为,使……怎样”。①She will make him happy.她将使他幸福。
归纳拓展
常见的make句型:
1)make+sb.do sth.表示“使某人做某事”,宾语与宾补之间形成的是主动关系。作宾补的不定式不可带to,但是在被动语态中要带to。
We were made to work all night.
我们被迫干了一整夜。2)make+sb./sth.+名词/名词词组,表示“使某人/某物成为……”。
3)make+sb./sth.+形容词,表示“使某人/某物怎么样”。
4)make+sb./sth.+过去分词,表示宾语与宾补之间形成的是被动关系。意为“使某人/某物被知道、懂得、听清……”。
②They made me retell the story.他们要我重讲了一遍这个故事。
③She made him a good husband.她使他成为一名好丈夫。
④His gift made me very excited.他的礼物令我非常激动。
⑤I had to raise my voice to make myself heard.
为了让人听见,我不得不提高嗓门。
巧学活用
1-1翻译句子
(1)她爬楼梯很费劲。
_____________________________________.
(2)感谢你让我们使用你的词典。
____________________________________________________________________________.
It is difficult for her to climb stairsIt’s really kind of you to let us use your
dictionary1-2单项填空
The doctor thought ________ would be good for you to have a holiday.
A.this B.that
C.one D.it
解析:选D。考查it的用法。it的两个重要用法是作形式主语和形式宾语。本题考查形式主语,it在这里代指后面的真正主语to have a holiday。2-1完成句子
(1)他们选他当队长。
They __________________.
(2)烧菜的味道令我感到肚子饿。
The smell of cooking ___________________.
(3)他父亲去世使他不得不辍学。
His father’s death _____________________.
=He was ___________________ by his father’s death.
made him captainmakes me hungrymade him leave schoolmade to leave school(4)我刚到纽约时,想让人听懂我的话非常困难。
When I first came to New York,I had a lot of trouble _____________________________.
making myself understood2-2单项填空
She was quite angry because she was made ________ for over an hour in his office this morning.
A.waiting B.wait
C.waited D.to wait
解析:选D。考查make的复合结构。make后跟不定式作宾补时要省略to;而变成被动语态时,则宾语补足语变成相应的主语补足语,要补上to。
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件69张PPT。Section Ⅳ Grammar & Writing 品味语法讲解归纳
直接引语和间接引语(Ⅰ)
直接引述别人的话叫直接引语。用自己的话转述别人的话叫间接引语。间接引语在多数情况下构成宾语从句。
The girl said,“I like watching TV very much.”(直接引语)
The teacher asked,“Do you like English?”(直接引语)
He said that he was not happy.(间接引语)
He asked me when their plane would land.(间接引语)
一、对应变化规则二、陈述句的间接引语
若直接引语是陈述句,变为间接引语时,用连词that引导(that在口语中常省略),从句中的人称、时态、指示代词、时间状语、地点状语等要做相应变化,并且语序不变。
1.“I’ll let you know as soon as I get the tickets,” he told me.
→He told me that he would let me know as soon as he got the tickets.
2.John said,“I like reading adventure stories.”
→John said that he liked reading adventure stories.
三、疑问句的间接引语
直接引语如果为疑问句,变为间接引语时,须将疑问句的语序改为陈述句的语序,其人称、时态等作相应的变化。1.直接引语若为一般疑问句,变为间接引语时,须用连接词whether或if将其引出,使其成为间接引语的宾语从句;如果主句中的谓语动词为said,则将其改为asked;如果谓语动词后没有间接宾语,可以加上一个间接宾语me,him,her,us等。
He said to me,“Have you done your homework?”
→He asked me if/whether I had done my homework.2.如果直接引语为特殊疑问句,仍用特殊疑问句中的疑问词作为连接词将其引出,构成间接引语中的宾语从句,并且从句用陈述语序。
“What do you want,Sara?” Mr.Li asked.
→Mr.Li asked Sara what she wanted.
四、直接引语变间接引语的特殊情况
1.直接引语所转述的是自然现象、科学真理、名言警句等,变为间接引语时时态不变。Mother said,“There are four seasons and twelve months a year.”
→Mother said that there are four seasons and twelve months a year.
2.如果直接引语中有确定的过去时间状语,变为间接引语时时态不变。
He said,“The story took place in the 1930s.”
→He said that the story took place in the 1930s.
3.只着眼于转述事实,而不侧重动作先于转述动作,直接引语变为间接引语时时态不变。
The boy said,“I found the dog just at the edge of the wood.”
→The boy said that he found the dog just at the edge of the wood.
4.when,while,since等引导的时间状语从句变为间接引语时,只改变主句的时态,从句的时态不变。
He said,“It is many years since he came to live here.”
→He said that it was many years since he came to live there.
专题训练
Ⅰ.句型转换
1.Mr.Wang said,“I will leave for Shanghai on business next month,children.”
→Mr.Wang told the children that he ________________________ Shanghai on business ________________.
答案:would leave for;the next month
2.“I haven’t heard from my parents these days,” said Mary.
→Mary said that ________________ heard from her parents those days.
答案:she hadn’t
3.The geography teacher said to us,“The moon moves around the earth and the earth goes around the sun.”
→The geography teacher ________________________ the moon ________ around the earth and the earth ________ around the sun.
答案:told us that;moves;goes
4.Zhang Hong said to me,“Doctor Wang passed away in 1948.”
→Zhang Hong ________ me that Doctor Wang ________________________.
答案:told;passed away in 1948
5.John said to his parents,“I had learned 500 Chinese characters by the end of last term.”
→John ________ his parents that he ____________ 500 Chinese characters ________________ last term.
答案:told;had learned;by the end of
6.“Have you got anything interesting I can read,George?”she asked.
→She ________ George ________________ anything interesting ________________.
答案:asked;if he had got;she could read
7.“She’s here to ask for help,isn’t she?” he asked.
→He ____________ she ____________ to ask for help or not.
答案:asked whether;was there8.“ Where are you going?” the father asked his son.
→The father ________ his son ______________________ going.
答案:asked;where he was
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.那个人问他是应该等着他们还是应该继续走。
The man asked ________ he should wait for them ____________ go on.
答案:whether;or
2.物理老师告诉过我们说光比声音传得快。
Our physics teacher told us that light ____________ than sound.
答案:travels faster
3.他说在晚饭之前他已经完成了作业。
He said that he ____________ his homework before supper.
答案:had finished
4.校长问我叫什么名字?
The headmaster asked ________________.
答案:what my name was
5.他问我是否知道怎样去图书馆。
He ________________ I knew how to get to the library.
答案:asked me if/whether
Ⅲ.单项填空
1.Joan asked me ________ to visit her grandma with her.
A.whether would I like
B.if would I like
C.whether I would like
D.when would I like
解析:选C。asked后接间接引语,间接引语应该用陈述句语序。
2.The mother asked her son ________.
A.what did he do the day before
B.where did he find his lost wallet
C.what time he got up that morning
D.that if he had finished his homework
解析:选C。直接引语为特殊疑问句,变成间接引语时需用陈述语气,排除A、B两项;直接引语为陈述句时,变成间接引语可用引导词that引导;直接引语为一般疑问句,变成间接引语时常用if或whether引导,故排除D项。
3.He asked me ________ I would go to Beijing by air the next day.
A.that if B.if
C.that whether D.how
解析:选B。that,if和whether都是连接词,不能连用,故排除A、C项;by air已经明确了去北京的方式,故不选how。
4.The little girl told him that she had watched the wonderful football match ________.
A.today B.tomorrow
C.the month before D.the next month
解析:选C。told后是一个间接引语,时态是过去完成时,因此时间状语不可能是A、B或
D,因为将来时间状语要用过去将来时。
5.The nurse told the children that the sun ________ in the east.
A.risen B.rose
C.rises D.rising
解析:选C。直接引语如果表达的是客观真理、谚语,变成间接引语时,时态不变,仍用一般现在时。
6.The child asked his mother ________ go out to play tennis.
A.that he could B.if he could
C.if could he D.that could he
解析:选B。直接引语若为一般疑问句,变为间接引语时,常用if或whether来引导,且从句中用陈述句语序。
7.The teacher told the students that there ________ a meeting at three o’clock.
A.were going to have B.is going to be
C.will be D.was going to be
解析:选D。主句为一般过去时,在间接引语中,要用过去将来时态。而且a meeting为单数,因此用was going to be。
8.He said that his car ________ stolen and he ________ have to telephone the police.
A.was;would
B.has been;will
C.had been;would
D.had been;will解析:选C。间接引语虽然是由and连接的两个并列的宾语从句,但时态却不一定一致,因为此句改为直接引语应为:He said,“My car was (has been) stolen and I will have to telephone the police.”车子被盗是过去,而给警察打电话是将来(马上,立即),所以变为间接引语应分别与所对应的时间一致。
9.He told us he ________ a concert ________.
A.had attended;three days before
B.attended;a week ago
C.would attend;since a week ago
D.was attending;for a week
解析:选A。考查间接引语。根据直接引语变间接引语时时态一致的原则和时间状语的变化,A项为正确答案。
10.Mr.Brown said he ________ me the next week.
A.would see B.will see
C.had seen D.saw
解析:选A。由句中the next week这一时间状语可知宾语从句的时态需用过去将来时。
英文书信
写作要求
假设你是李华,曾在美国学习半年,现已回国。你想联系你的美国老师Mr.Smith,但没有其联系方式。请根据以下要点给你的美国同学Tom写一封信:1.感谢Tom对你英语学习的帮助;
2.询问Mr.Smith的近况并索要其联系方式;
3.邀请Tom在春节期间来中国感受中国文化。
注意:1.词数100~120;
2.可适当增加细节。审题谋篇
1.审题构思
此篇书面表达是写一封信,由于开头结尾没有给出,所以要考虑格式问题。
2.篇章结构
称呼——正文——落款
3.内容要点
(1)表示感谢
(2)询问信息(老师近况及联系方式)
(3)邀请来访
写作要点
1.自从我们上次分别已经有半年了。
① ________________ we parted last time.
②We parted last time ____________.
答案:①It has been half a year since ②half a year ago
2.我一直怀念在美国你帮我学习英语的那些日子。
① ________________ the days in America ________________________.
② ________________ the days in USA ________________________.
答案:①I’ve been missing;when you helped me a lot with my English study ②I’ve been remembering;when you helped me to learn English
3.由于你的帮助,我的英语进步很大。
① ________________,I ________________ my English a lot.
② ________________,I ________________________ English.
答案:①Thanks to your kind help;have improved
②With the help of you;have made great progress in
4.但是我很遗憾,我与我的老师史密斯先生失去了联系。
①But ____________,I ________________ my teacher Mr.Smith.
②But ________________________ my teacher Mr.Smith.
答案:①to my regret;have lost contact with ②it is a great pity that I have lost touch with
5.另外,我很高兴地邀请你来中国过春节,来感受中国丰富多彩的中国文化。
①In addition,________________________ invite you to ____________ during the Spring Festival when you will ________________.
② In addition,________________________ invite you to ________________________ the Spring Festival to ________________________.
答案:①it would be a great honour for me to;my country;experience colorful Chinese culture ②I am more than delighted to;join us to celebrate;experience colorful Chinese culture
佳作欣赏
Dear Tom,
It has been half a year since we parted last time.
Now I’m getting on well with everything and have been missing you all the time.I’ve been missing the days in America when you helped me a lot with my English study.Thanks to your kind help,I have improved my English a lot. But to my regret,I have lost contact with my teacher Mr.Smith.Would you please tell me something about him and tell me how to get in touch with him?
In addition,it would be a great honour for me to invite you to my country during the Spring Festival when you will experience colorful Chinese culture.
I’m looking forward to your reply.
Yours,
Li Hua
名师点津
【美文点津】
1.本篇范文文章要点齐全,表述合理。
2.文章合理运用了固定句式、并列句、定语从句、疑问句等句式,以及thanks to,to my regret等高级词汇的使用,都使得文章增色很多。
3.and,when,in addition等连接词将文章串联,使文章结构自然合理。
【类文点津】
书信是人际交流的一种比较普遍的方式。书信写作是高考中经常出现的一种题型。
一、常见格式
1.称呼( Salutation):指对收信人的称呼。写在信内的最前一行左边位置。写给熟悉的人一般使用“Dear...”,如:Dear
friend;Dear Tom或Dear Miss Liu。如果是不熟悉的人则使用:Dear Sir or Madam;Dear Sir或Dear Madam。
2.正文( Body):指信的主体部分。在称呼下面的一段的第一行由左边第四个字母开始写起。其余的各行则从每行最左边开始写。这部分是考试评分的关键部分。
3.结束语( Complimentary Close):指在信结尾时的客套语。一般写在信纸的右边,第一个字母大写,后面用逗号结尾。一般常用:Yours(朋友之间);Yours sincerely;With love;Yours faithfully等。
4.签名(Signature):指写信人的签名。一般考试中,会提供一个写信人的名字,切忌将自己的姓名写上。习惯上,签名应写在结束语下面,签名应该用全名。
二、常用语句
1.信的开头的常用语:
①I’m writing on behalf of...to invite you to...(邀请信)②I’m writing to apply for the job/post/position...(求职信)
③I’m writing to you hoping that I may obtain an opportunity to...(申请信)
④Thank you for your last letter asking about...(回信)
⑤I’m very/really/terribly/extremely sorry that...(道歉信)⑥I’m writing to ask if you can do me a favour...(求助信)
⑦I congratulate you on+v.?ing...(祝贺信)
⑧I’m very glad to tell you that what you have always hoped/what you asked me to do has had a satisfactory answer...(私人信件)
⑨We are interested in the products of your company and may place an order if you can supply us with the unit price of your company...(商业信)
⑩I’m writing for more information about...(咨询信)
2.信的结尾可以用以下客套话:
①Best wishes/regards to you!
②Good luck to you!
③Please give my best wishes to...
④Looking forward to hearing from you!
⑤Wish you good health and remember me to...
三、写作时应注意以下要点:
1.写好开头;
2.一般先答复对方的问题,然后再谈自己想要说的话;
3.结束信时要向对方表示友善或亲切的问候;
4.语言要自然、平实、简洁;
5.书信中,一般常用的时态为一般现在时态;若是谈论过去的人或事物时用过去时;若是谈论期盼将来发生的事时,用一般将来时。近几年的考试中,有将书信格式与其他类型结合的趋势。比如,将书信与描述事物结合;将书信与人物介绍结合;将书信与议论某种社会现象结合等。
单元盘点
词语串串练
In this new school,Ann has met many ①hard-working teachers who are
warm-hearted as well. Among these
respectable,②believable teachers,Ann’s English teacher,Mr. Wang ③impressed her most.
Mr.Wang is an ④easy-going teacher with a strong sense of humor.He has changed Ann’s ⑤attitude towards English learning because his classes are so enjoyable that even Ann who used to hate English has realized its interest! Obviously,Mr.Wang’s ⑥devotion to English has influenced his students as all the children ⑦ became crazy about this graceful language.
There is a special activity designed by Mr.Wang in which students are asked to ⑧act out a short play ⑨according to certain stories in coursebook based on cooperation with other students.Wang will record their performance with DV and share it on blogs.It is Mr.Wang’s passion and imagination that make students including Ann try their best to learn English and,give them the confidence to meet ⑩challenges in their lives later!
在新学校里,安见到了很多辛勤工作也很热心肠的老师。在这些可敬可信的老师中,安的英语老师——王老师给她留下了很深的印象。
王老师是一个有很强幽默感的很随和的老师。他改变了安对英语学习的态度,因为他的课如此有趣以至于过去曾经很讨厌英语的安也感受到了英语的乐趣!很显然,王老师对英语的热爱影响了他的学生们,因为所有的孩子们都对这种优美的语言着迷起来。
王老师设计了一个特别活动,要求同学们在与他人合作的基础上根据课本上某些故事表演一个小短剧。王老师用DV将他们的表演记录下来并分享到博客上。是王老师的激情和想象力让包括安在内的同学们竭尽全力去学英语并且王老师也给予了他们去应对日后生活挑战的勇气!高考对对碰
链接一 besides
(教材原句P3) Besides,he helps us to learn English in an imaginative way,using such aids as paintings,recordings,cartoons,and flash cards.[高考例证]
(2011·高考江西卷)The house was too expensive and too big.________,I’d grown fond of our little rented house.
A.Besides B.Therefore
C.Somehow D.Otherwise,
你做对了吗?
选A。考查副词辨析。句意:这房子太贵且太大,此外,我已渐渐爱上了我们租来的小屋。therefore 因此;somehow不知怎么的;otherwise否则,均不合逻辑。链接二 it is...since...
(教材原句P2) It’s been a long time since we left our junior middle school.
[高考例证]
(2011·高考四川卷)As is reported,it is 100 years ________ Qinghua University was founded.
A.when B.before C.after D.since, 选D。考查固定句型。It+ is/was+时间段+since+从句,表示“自从……以来已经有多长时间了”。
链接三 deal with
(教材原句P11)Teaching takes great energy and a teacher should be able to deal with problem children.
[高考例证]
(2010·高考四川卷)In many people’s opinion,that company,though relatively small,is pleasant ________.
A.to deal with B.dealing with
C.to be dealt with D.dealt with,
选A。在某些形容词后经常用不定式的主动形式表被动,此时,不定式动作和句子的主语存在动宾关系。又如:The apartment is comfortable to live in。本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件12张PPT。Unit 1 Favourite Teachers教材背景链接
我们一生中会遇到各种各样的好老师。但是同学们未必了解老师这个职业到底是什么样的?下面就让我们一起走进教师这个职业,去了
解我们亲爱的老师们的工作性质吧!
Teachers teach children to read,write,do math,and much more.They use games,videos, computers,and other tools to teach children different subjects.Teachers show students skills.They also explain
information.Teachers plan their lessons before they teach,which can take a lot of time.
Teachers try to make their lessons easy to understand. They teach things in different ways so that different students can learn in the way that is easiest for them. Teachers might use a chalkboard,a projector,or a computer.They make posters or worksheets before class starts.Teachers plan the schedule for the day. Most teachers have to teach what the principal tells them.
Teachers also assign homework and class projects.They often have students work together to do projects.When students are not doing as well as they should,teachers help them.
After class,teachers grade papers and projects.They also create tests.They
write students’ report cards. And they meet with parents to try to help their children do better in school.Teachers sometimes go to workshops to learn how to teach better.Some teachers also help with sports or other after?school activities.
Most kindergarten and elementary school teachers teach several subjects to one class.In some schools,two or more teachers work as
a team. Other teachers teach one special subject,such as art,music,reading,or gym.
Most middle school and high school teachers focus on one subject.They might teach English,science,or history,for example.Some teach students how to do a job.High school teachers spend more timeexplaining a subject and less time with activities like games.
Teachers work with students of many different cultures.Some students were born in the United States,and some were not.Teachers learn about different cultures so that they can be more helpful to students.
Teachers like to see children learn.But sometimes teaching lots of students can be stressful.Teachers also
have to deal with
children who misbehave.
Many teachers work more than 40 hours a week.While most go on vacation during the summer,some choose to teach in summer school.Some take another job.Some go to college to learn more about teaching.
新课导入
有人说,人生有三大幸运:上学时遇到好老师,工作时遇到一位好师傅,成家时遇到一个好伴侣。有时他们一个甜美的笑容,一句温馨的问候,就能使您的人生与众不同,光彩照人。
?
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件18张PPT。Section Ⅰ Getting Ready,Reading & Comprehending—Warming Up?Step One:Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1._____________ vt. 耳语;悄悄说
2.______________ n. 欺骗;作弊
3._____________v. 欺骗;作弊
4.____________ n. 相信;信念
5._________ adj. 生气的
6.____________ vt. 守护;防御whispercheatingcheatbeliefmadguard 7.____________ vt. 破坏
8.gently adv. ________________________
9.breathe vi. _________________________
10.breath n. _______________________
11.relief n. ______________________
12.relieve vt. ____________________
destroy 温柔地;柔和地;轻轻地 呼吸;呼气;吸气 呼吸;气息 减轻;解除 减轻;解除 Ⅱ.重点短语
1.keep one’s eyes _______... 密切注视……;注意……
2._________ a rule 遵循原则
3.think _____oneself 自个儿想;独自思考
4.go ___________... 违反……;反对……;不利于……
5.a way____________... 摆脱……的方法
6.________ a moment 一会儿onfollow toagainstout of for 7. ______silence 沉默地;无声地
8.Search______... 搜寻……;寻找……
?Step Two:Fast Reading
Scan the text and then choose the best answers according to the text.
1.Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?( )
A.Mrs.Archer is a strict teacher.
B.Brian was a “rule breaker” in an English exam.
in for AC.Brian and James had words with each other because of cheating in exam.
D.Mrs.Archer praised Brian for his behaviour.
2.Why did the writer tap the top of his desk?( )
A.Because he wanted to draw the teacher’s attention.CB.Because he wanted to warn James not to look at his paper.
C.Because this was a way to be relaxed for him.
D.Because he felt very anxious.
3.How did the writer keep the friendship with James?( )
A.He helped James cheat in the exam.
B.He said some sincere words that James could accept.
BC.Their English teacher persuaded them to be friendly again.
D.He agreed what James did in the exam.
4.How many persons have been mentioned in the passage?( )
A.Two. B.Three.
C.Four. D.Five.
B5.Why did Brian feel relieved?( )
A.He succeeded in cheating.
B.Mrs.Archer praised him.
C.He reported it to the teacher.
D.He remained friends with James.
D?Step Three:Careful Reading
Ⅰ.Read the text and answer the following questions.
1.What did James want to do during the exam?
________________________________________________________________________
答案:He wanted to copy Brian’s test paper.
2.How did Brian deal with the situation?
________________________________________________________________________
答案:He guarded his paper so that James couldn’t see his answer.
3.Was their friendship destroyed because of this thing?
________________________________________________________________________
答案:No,it wasn’t.
Ⅱ.Read the text again and fill in the blanks.
cheatcloselywhisperedcheatingfriendsmomentwonderingdestroy relieveddestroyed?Step Four: Consolidation
I always keeps one rule in mind that Mrs. Archer has taught me—1.
“ ______________________your own paper”.So I hate 2. __________on exams.When my good friend James wanted to copy my paper,I really didn’t know what to do.If I didn’t let him copy my paper,I was afraid that it might 3.________ our friendship. Keep your eyes on cheatingdestroyBut giving him the answers would 4.
___________my 5.________.I wondered how to do it,6.___________ the top of my desk...At last,I decided to lean closely toward my desk and curl my arm around my paper.After the exam,I explained 7.___________ how I felt to him.To my surprise,he smiled 8.________ to me and said he understood me.At last,I 9.___________ a sigh of 10._________.
go againstbeliefstappingslightly gentlybreathed relief?Step Five: Discussion
If you meet with the same experience as Brian,what will you do?
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
?
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件32张PPT。Section Ⅱ Getting Ready,Reading & Comprehending—Language Study词汇精研
1keep one’s eyes on... 密切注视……;注意……
(教材原句)“ Keep your eyes on your own paper” is one of the rules that Mrs.Archer has taught us. “眼睛看着自己的试卷”是阿切尔老师教给我们的规则中的一条。归纳拓展
keep/have an eye on sb./sth.关注,照料(某人/某物)
fix one’s eyes on 凝视着
catch sb.’s eye 引起某人注意
look sb.in the eyes (一般用于否定句) 直视(正视)某人 ①I ask my mother to keep her eyes on my baby for a while.
我让妈妈照看一会儿婴儿。
②Can you look me in the eyes and say you didn’t break the window?你能正眼看着我说,窗户不是你打碎的吗?
2whisper v. 耳语;悄悄说
(教材原句)My eyes caught his and he whispered,“I hope you studied for this test!”
我们目光相遇,他轻声说:“我希望你为此次考试做了准备。”
归纳拓展
whisper to sb. 对某人耳语
whisper sth.to sb. 低声告诉某人某事
whisper sth.in one’s ear 跟某人耳语某事
in a whisper/whispers 低声说;小声地说 ①She whispered to me that she felt very afraid.
她小声对我说她觉得很害怕。
②They speak in a whisper in case they shall be heard.
他们低声地说,怕被人听到。
巧学活用
1-1完成句子
(1)我去买票时请帮忙照看我的箱子。
Please _____________________ my suitcase while I go to buy my ticket.
(2)突然一个红色的东西引起了他的注意。
All of a sudden something red
_______________________.keep your eyes oncaught his eye(3)我无法再正视他的目光,我已把那钱全丢了。
I couldn’t ______________________ afterwards,knowing that I had lost all that money.
2-1单句改错
The patients are sleeping,so you have to whisper him the exciting news.
______________________________________
look him in the eyes答案:在whisper之后加上to2-2完成句子
那个女孩走进了对老师耳语了几句。
The girl came in and __________________________________________________.
2-3单项填空
Mum ________ to us,“Be quiet! Your little sister’s sleeping.”
A.whispered B.shouted
C.explained D.replied
答案:whispered something in the teacher’s ear解析:选A。后面引号内的内容暗示了答案,应使用whisper表示“低声说”。
3go against 违反……;反对……;不利于……
(教材原句)Cheating went against my beliefs. 作弊违背了我的信念。归纳拓展
①Don’t go against your parents/your parents’ wishes.
不要违背父母的意愿。
②He went over the article again.他把文章从头至尾又读了一遍。
4destroy vt.破坏
(教材原句)And I didn’t want to destroy our friendship.
并且我不想毁掉我们的友谊。
What he said destroyed our last hope.他说的话摧毁了我们最后的希望。
[易混辨析] destroy/damage/injure/harm5search for 搜寻……;寻找……
(教材原句)My mind searched for the right words.
我在脑海里搜寻着适当的话语。
归纳拓展
①The enemies searched for the Red Army men in the village.
敌人在村子里搜查红军战士。
②Police searched everyone present at the scene of crime.
警察搜查了在犯罪现场的每一个人。
3-1完成句子
(1)他不顾同事的劝告辞了职。
He ____________ the advice of his colleagues and resigned.
(2)别打扰我!走开!
Leave me be! ____________ !
(3)时光慢慢流逝。
Time ____________ slowly.went againstGo awaywent by(4)——我抽烟你不会介意吧?
—Do you mind if I smoke?
——请吧。
—____________.
4-1选词填空(destroy/damage)
(1)The heavy rain ____________ many houses.
大雨毁坏了许多房子。Go aheaddamaged(2)That town was ____________ in a big fire.
那个城镇在一场大火中被毁了。
4-2单项填空
Some passengers were ________ in the traffic accident and taken to the nearest hospital.
A.injured B.damaged
C.destroyed D.harmed
解析:选A。词义辨析题。injured指在平日或事故中受伤。
destroyed5-1完成句子
(1)我们正在搜查这房子。
We are ___________ the house.
(2)我们将找寻这房子。
We are _________________ the house.
(3)我到处找这本书。
I ____________ everywhere ________ the book.
searchingsearching forsearchedfor5-2单项填空
Don’t respond to any e?mails ________ personal information,no matter how official they look.
A.searching B.asking
C.requesting D.questioning
解析:选C。request意思是“要求得到”,相当于ask for。search意思是“寻找”,question意思是“质问;询问”。
句型巧析
1(教材原句)As I stood there in silence,I felt it necessary to let him know cheating was wrong.
当我静静地站在那儿时,我觉得我应该让他知道作弊是错误的。
[句法分析]该句型为feel+ it+adj.+for sb.to do,其中it作形式宾语,而真正的宾语是to let him know cheating was wrong。①He feels it his duty to help others.他觉得帮助他人是他的责任。
it作形式宾语时常构成下列句型:
归纳拓展
1) feel+it+形容词/名词+不定式;
2) feel+it+形容词/名词+从句;
3) feel+it+no good/no use/no value+doing sth。常用于这种句型的动词还有:think,makeconsider,find等。
②He makes it a rule to take part in some physical labor though he is old.虽然年龄大了,他仍习惯于参加一些体力劳动。
③We think it no good reading in bed.我们认为躺在床上看书没有好处。
④The bad weather made it impossible for us to go on.
糟糕的天气使我们无法进行下去。
2(教材原句)“Sorry,James,but you know me well enough to understand how I feel about cheating,” I said slowly and gently. “对不起,詹姆斯,我对作弊的看法你最清楚不过了。”我缓慢而轻柔地说。
[句法分析]本句为“adj./adv.+enough to do...足够……可以做……”句型。该句式中enough为副词,表示“十分地,足够地”置于被修饰的形容词或副词之后,常和介词for或不定式连用,在句中作状语表示程度。
①He is old enough to go to school.他不小了,可以去上学了。
②He ran fast enough to catch the thief.他跑得非常快,抓住了那个小偷。
③Is the water hot enough for a bath?这水用来洗澡够热吗?
巧学活用
1-1完成句子
(1)We _________________ (认为不对) that the child should be left alone in the house.
(2)I ________________________ (认为没用) quarrelling with him about it.
thought it wrongthink/consider it no use1-2单项填空
Nowadays people sometimes separate their waste to make it easier for it ________.
A.reusing B.reused
C.reuses D.to be reused
解析:选D。考查“make+it+形容词/名词+不定式”句式。句意:现在人们有时把他们的废物分开,以便很容易被重复利用。其中it为形式宾语代替不定式短语;重新再利用是指被利用,故用不定式的被动语态。故选D。
2-1翻译句子
这本书太难了以致于很难理解。
________________________________________________________________________
2-2单项填空
When she sings,Carol’s voice must be loud enough ________ by four thousand people.
A.to hear B.to be heard
C.having heard D.being heard答案:The book is hard enough to understand.解析:选B。考查形容词或副词+enough to do...句式。句意:当Carol唱歌的时候,她的嗓音必须高到让4000位观众听到的程度。
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件72张PPT。Section Ⅲ Language Focus,Listening and Speaking,
Writing & Further Reading
??Step One: Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1._________________ n.鼓励
2.____________ adj. 有准备的
3.__________ adj. 最后的;最终的
4.____________adv. 酣然地
5._____________ vt. 打算
6.___________ vt. 减少;缩减encouragementpreparedfinal soundly intend reduce 7.____________ adj. 相反的;矛盾的
8.________________ n. 紧急;紧急事件
9.______________ vt. 陪伴;伴随
10.fortunately adv. ____________
11.operation n. ______________
12.treatment n. ____________
13.arrange vt. _______________
14.daytime n. _____________________
15.checkup n. _______________
contraryemergencyaccompany幸运地 手术 治疗 安排白天;白昼 检查 16.timely adj. ____________________
17.daybreak n. __________________
Ⅱ.重点短语
1.feel very prepared _______ 为……做好了准备
2.____ far 到目前为止
3.stay ______all night studying 熬夜学习
4.cheer _______高兴起来
及时的;适时的 黎明;破晓 for so upup5. ______asleep 入睡;睡着了
6.tide ________度过;克服(困难等)
7._______only 但愿
8._____no time 很快;立刻
9.accompany sb.______ 陪同某人去……
10._______ through 经历;完成
11.all kinds_____... 各种各样的……
12.______ daybreak 在黎明时分
falloverif in togo of at?Step Two:Fast Reading
Ⅰ.Scan the text A Noble Heart and then choose the best answers according to the text.
1.Who groaned last night?( )
A.The writer. B.Sam.
C.A teacher. D.Robbie.B2.Which of the following statements is WRONG?( )
A.All the students came from the same country.
B.Sam kept groaning because he was seriously ill.
C.Sam’s condition went worse,so we sent him to hospital.
D.Though we were tired,we felt good about ourselves.
A3.What does “vehicle” in the third paragraph refer to?( )
A.A car. B.A taxi.
C.An ambulance. D.A bus.
4.Why did they call the emergency service?( )
A.They did not care about Sam’s illness.
B.They wanted to sleep.
C.They had no money.
D.Sam’s condition became worse.
DCⅡ.Read the text A Noble Heart and fill in the blanks.
I was sleeping soundly last night when I was 1.____________ by Sam’s groans.I 2.
___________to go on sleeping,but I couldn’t because he kept groaning,showing he was seriously ill.
At that time,Robbie also got up to help Sam,hoping it would 3._________ his pain and 4.______ over the difficult time. awakenedintendedreducetide If only daytime would come soon,
everything would become easier.
However,things went 5. ____________to our wishes.We called the 6. ____________service and helped the medical workers carry Sam to the vehicle,and then we got in and 7. ______________Sam to the hospital.After all kinds of tests,we were 8.___________ to hear the final diagnosis was appendicitis.Fortunately,he got timelycontraryemergency accompaniedrelieved 9.________________.We were tired but we had a 10._________ feeling in our hearts.
treatmentnoble词汇精研
1prepared adj.有准备的
归纳拓展
1)be prepared to do 准备做某事
be prepared for 为……做好了准备2)prepare v. 准备;预备
prepare to do sth. 准备做某事
prepare for 为……作好准备
prepare...for... 为……准备……
3) preparation n. 准备
make preparations for 为……做准备
①All the students were all prepared for the mid?term exam!
所有的学生都为期中考试做好了充分准备!
②He prepared himself to accept defeat.他已准备好认输。
2stay up 挺住;站立;熬夜,不睡觉
(教材原句)Charles has to stay up all night to study for a few subjects.
查理为了几门功课不得不晚上熬夜。
归纳拓展
stay away (from) 别接近
stay in 在家里;不外出
stay out 呆在外;不在家
stay still 静止不动①He stayed up late into the night yesterday.昨天他一直熬到深夜。
②The doctor advised him to stay in for a few days.
医生劝他几天内不要外出。
3cheer up 高兴起来
归纳拓展①Try and cheer up a bit;life isn’t that bad!
想办法高兴点儿,生活并不是那么糟!
巧学活用
1-1用prepare的适当形式填空
(1)When I entered the office.Mr.Zhang was _______________ the new lesson with other teachers.
(2)They began to make ________________ for the journey.
(3)They are _____________ for anything.
(4)Her wedding is in __________________.
preparingpreparationspreparedpreparation1-2单项填空
At this moment and in this kind of condition,we have nothing to do but to ________ the worst and hope for the best.
A.prepare B.be prepared
C.be prepared for D.be preparing for
解析:选C。be prepared for意思是“为……做准备”,既可以指做物质方面的准备,也可以指做精神方面或思想方面的准备,而prepare一般指直接做某一件事情,侧重物质方面的。如:Mum is preparing supper in the kitchen。
2-1翻译句子
为了完成报告我打算熬夜不睡。
____________________________________________
2-2单项填空
I want to ________ tonight and watch the World Cup Football Match.
A.go up B.stay up
C.come up D.keep upI am going to stay up late to finish my paper.解析:选B。句意:今晚我不想睡觉,等着看世界杯。stay up 熬夜;不睡觉;go up上升;增长;come up走过来;上升;keep up坚持,继续。
3-1完成句子
(1)当他接近终点线时,我们喝彩为他助威。
We __________________ as he neared the finishing line.
cheered him on(2)他感到兴高采烈浑身充满活力。
He felt ____________ and full of energy.
(3)我提议干一杯!干杯!
I propose a toast!____________ !
②Cheer up! I’m sure you’ll feel better tomorrow.
振作起来!我肯定你明天会好些的。
cheerful Cheers4intend vt. 打算
(教材原句) I really intended to go on sleeping,as I had insomnia and had just fallen asleep... 我真的想继续睡,因为我患有失眠症,并且刚刚才睡着……
归纳拓展①She intended to catch the early train,but she didn’t get up in time.
她本打算赶早班火车。可是起床晚了。
②It was meant to be a surprise;I didn’t intend you to see it so soon.
这本来是一个意外的惊喜,我不想让你这么早就看到的。
5reduce vt. 减少;缩减
(教材原句)We found some medicine,got some water,and helped Sam sit up to take it,hoping this would reduce his pain and tide over the difficult time.
我们找了些药,倒了水,并扶他起来吃了药,希望这样能够减轻他的痛苦并度过这困难时刻。
归纳拓展
①The workforce has been reduced by half.劳动力已经减少了一半。
②I bought the shirt because its price was reduced.
我买了这件衬衣,因为它的价格降了。
6 in no time 很快;立刻
(教材原句)We called the emergency service,and in no time an ambulance stopped in front of our gate.
我们呼叫了急救服务,很快一辆救护车就停在了我们的大门前。
归纳拓展
in time 及时……;终于;总有一天
on time 按时
at times 有时
at all times 随时,总是
at a time 每次,一次
at one time 曾经;一度
from time to time 不时;偶尔①The doctor came in time to save her life.
医生及时赶到救了她的命。
②Take three pills at a time.每次服三粒。
3-2单项填空
—I am afraid I can’t pass the final maths examination.
— ________.Things won’t be as bad as you think.
A.Turn up B.Cheer up
C.Make up D.Hurry up
解析:选B。由上一句看出,答语使用cheer up,表示“振作起来;加油”这一意义;hurry up赶快。
4-1完成句子
(1)I didn’t ________________ (不打算让她看到)this novel until it was finished.
(2)I _____________________ (打算去做)it,but I’m afraid I forgot.
intend her to seeintended to do/doing4-2单项填空
—May I go to the party with you,Dad?
—No,dear.The party is ________ for adults only.
A.intend B.intended
C.intending D.to intend
解析:选B。be intended for专供……使用。
5-1完成句子
(1)他的体重减轻了5公斤。
He _________ his weight _____ 5 kilograms.
(2)受邀参加会议的人数减少到了五十。
The number of people invited to the meeting was ____________ 50.
(3)我们必须采取预防措施来减少这个地区的犯罪。
We must take preventive measures to ________________ in the area.
reducedbyreduced toreduce crime6-1用time短语完成句子
(1)We can depend on his arriving here ________.
(2)We can not do two things ____________.
(3)Don’t worry.She will be back ____________ to prepare dinner.
on timeat a timein time6-2单项填空
You will succeed ________ because you have been working hard at your lessons.
A.on time B.in time
C.at times D.at a time
解析:选B。句意:因为你一直很用功地学习,你总有一天会成功的。in time在本句中意为“迟早;总有一天”;on time 按时;at times 有时; at a time一次;每次。
7accompany vt.陪伴;伴随
(教材原句)We helped the medical workers carry Sam to the vehicle,and then both Robbie and I got in and accompanied Sam to the hospital.
我们协助医护人员扶山姆上了救护车,然后我和罗比陪山姆去了医院。
归纳拓展
accompany sb.to (a place) 陪同某人去……
accompany sb.on/at 用……给某人伴奏
①The singer was accompanied at the piano by her sister.
那位演唱者的姐姐用钢琴给她伴奏。
②The boss was accompanied by his secretary to the hospital.
老板由他的秘书陪同到医院去。8go through 经历;完成
(教材原句)We helped him go through many checkups.
我们陪着山姆做了多项检查。
归纳拓展
get through 通过(考试等);接通电话;完成
pass through 走过,路过
live through 经历
look through 浏览;往……里面看①I have gone through all my pockets but I can’t find my keys.
我把所有的口袋都找遍了,就是找不到我的钥匙。
②Have you gone through all your money already?
你已经把所有的钱都花光了吗?
③I tried to telephone you but I can’t get through.
我试着打你电话,但是没有接通。
9fortunately adv.幸运地
(教材原句)_______________ , Sam’s case didn’t need an operation because we brought him to the hospital in time.
幸运的是由于送医院送得及时,山姆并不需要动手术。Fortunately归纳拓展
1)fortunate adj. 幸运的
be fortunate to do/(in) doing sth. 幸运地能……
It is fortunate that... ……是幸运的
2) unfortunate adj. 不幸的
unfortunately adv. 不幸地
①I feel fortunate to have met them.我觉得很幸运能见到他们。
②Fortunately,Mark quickly found another job.
幸亏马克很快就找到了另一份工作。
7-1完成句子
(1)她的母亲为她做钢琴伴奏。
Her mother _______________________________.
(2)谁将陪你去机场?
Who will _________________________________ ?
accompanied her on the pianoaccompany you to the airport7-2单项填空
The famous singer ________ by six strong bodyguards,so that nobody could get close to him.
A.was accompanied
B.accompanied
C.is accompanied
D.has been accompanied
解析:选A。句意:这名著名的歌手在六个强壮的保镖陪伴下,任何一个人靠近不了他。根据后面nobody could get close to him可知动作发生在过去。故选A。
名师微博 accompany作动词时的准确含义为“陪同……去”本身已包含了 go 的含义,因而不能再与 go 连用。8-1完成句子
(1)I had just ___________________(完成)the work before the telephone rang.
(2)We were all delighted to hear you’d ________________(通过)the exams.
(3)Always ________ your work
__________(快速查看)before handing it in.
gone throughgot throughlookthrough8-2单项填空
Peter had lost his job,and his family was ________ a very difficult time.
A.going through B.going for
C.going over D.going on
解析:选A。考查短语用法。go through在此处表示“经历(困难、痛苦等)”,符合语境;go for“想要,适用于”;go over“仔细检查”;go on“继续”。
9-1选词填空
(fortunate/fortunately/unfortunately/unfortunate)
(1)________________,all of us have passed the examination.
(2)I feel very _____________ living here.
(3)_________________,several villages were destroyed by the flood.
FortunatelyfortunateUnfortunately9-2单项填空
________,the football team which has so many fans at home and abroad failed again!
A.Fortunately B.Interestingly
C.Surprisingly D.Actually
解析:选C。句意:令人吃惊的是,在国内外拥有众多球迷的足球队又一次输了。句子表达了一个令人吃惊的消息,因而C项正确。fortunately幸运的是;interestingly令人感兴趣的是;actually实际上。
10arrange vt.安排
(教材原句)After we arranged everything with him,we rushed back to prepare ourselves for class. 我们为他安排妥当之后,赶回去准备上课。
归纳拓展
1)arrange (for) sth. 安排/筹划某事
arrange (for sb.)to do 安排(某人)做某事
2)arrangement n. 安排,商议,整理
make arrangements for 安排…… ①Have you arranged to meet Mark this weekend?
你安排好了这个周末与马克见面吗?
②He arranged the books on the shelf.他把书架上的书整理了一下。
10-1完成句子
(1)我已经安排她跟他见面了。
I have arranged __________________ him.
(2)我们约定在六点钟跟他见面。
We arranged ____________ at 6 o’clock.
for her to meetto meet him10-2单项填空
He telephoned the travel agency to ________ three air tickets to London.
A.order B.arrange
C.take D.book
解析:选D。考查动词词义辨析。句意:他打电话给旅行社预定三张去伦敦的机票。book和tickets搭配,是“订票”的意思。
句型巧析
1(教材原句)I was sleeping soundly last night when I was awakened by someone’s groans.昨夜,正当我熟睡时,我被呻吟声吵醒了。
[句法分析]本句为一个并列句,when是并列连词,意为“正在这时/那时”,相当于and at that time,本句核心句型为:was/ were doing...when...当……时,正在那时……。
①They were talking about him when he came in.
他们正在谈论他,正在那时他走了进来。
②We were doing our homework when the lights went off.
我们正在做作业时,灯突然灭了。归纳拓展
when 作并列连词常用于下列句型中:
sb.was about to do sth...when...=sb.was on the point of doing sth...when...某人正要干某事,就在这时……
sb.had(just)done sth....when...某人刚干完某事,就在这时……③I was about to go to bed when the telephone rang.
我正准备上床睡觉,这时电话铃响了。
④I had just finished bathing and was about to go to bed when he visited me.我刚洗完澡,正想上床睡觉,这时他来看我了。
2(教材原句)If only daytime would come soon,everything would become easier.
要是能马上天亮就好了,那样所有的事情都要好办些。
[句法分析]If only...“如果……就好了;但愿……”,if only引导的条件从句中要用虚拟语气,即:if only+主语+had done(与过去事实相反);if only+主语+did(与现在事实相反);if only+主语+did/ should do(将来事实相反)。
①If only I were a boy.= I wish I were a boy.
我要是个男孩就好了。(和现在事实相反)
②If only I had not come home alone.
要是我不是一个人回的家就好了。(和过去事实相反)
③If only I could see you tomorrow.
要是我明天能见到你就好了。(和将来事实相反)
[易混辨析] if only/only if④I told him that he would succeed only if he worked hard.
我告诉他,只要他努力工作就能成功。
⑤Only if you study hard will you pass the exam.
只要你努力学习,就会通过考试。
巧学活用
1-1完成句子
(1)他正要举手,就在那时下课了。
He ____________________ raise his hand __________ class was over.
(2)她正在给她的笔友写信,就在那时灯突然灭了。
She ________________ a letter to her penfriend ____________ the light went out.
was about to whenwas writingwhen(3)他刚给网友发了封电子邮件就在那时电脑出故障了。
He ________________ an email to his pal on the Internet ________ his computer broke down.
had just sentwhen1-2单项填空
He was about to tell me the secret ________ someone patted him on the shoulder.
A.as B.until
C.while D.when
解析:选D。考查was/were about to do...when...句式。pat是瞬间动词,故应排除后需接延续性动词的as和while,根据前后语意得知,其意为“他正要把这秘密告诉我,这时突然有人在他肩上拍了一下。”故应选并列连词when。
2-1单项填空
(1)If only my grandpa ________ this together with us now!
A had seen B.could see
C.must see D.should see
解析:选B。考查if only...句式。if only...表示“但愿……;要是……就好了”,从句中要是表示对现在的不可能实现的愿望,则从句中的谓语动词用一般过去时。故选B。
(2)________ you eat the correct foods ________ be able to keep fit and stay healthy.
A.Only if;will you
B.If only;you will
C.Unless;will you
D.Unless;you will
解析:选A。考查only if的用法。句意:只有你吃适当的食物你才能保持健康。only if引导状语从句用于句首时,主句部分倒装。名师微博 only if 放于句首表示强调,主句要 部分倒装。本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件58张PPT。Section Ⅳ Grammar & Writing品味语法讲解归纳
直接引语和间接引语(Ⅱ)
祈使句变为间接引语时须将祈使句的谓语动词变为带to的不等式,并在不定式的前面根据句子的意思加上tell,ask,order等动词,如果祈使句为否定句,在不定式的前面加not,其结构为:主语+谓语+宾语+动词不定式。
1.原主句引述动词say须改为ask,tell,order,beg,warn,advise,command,request等,句中的please要去掉,否定句需要在不定式前加not。
(1)表示请求时用“ask/request + sb.+ to do sth.”。
“Please bring your reference book here tomorrow”
she said to me.
→ She asked me to take my reference book there the next day.
(2)表示命令时用“order/tell/command +sb.to do sth.”。
“Hurry up,”he said.
→He told me to hurry up.
He said to them,“Don’t go out.”
→He ordered them not to go out.
(3)表示建议时用“advise+sb.+ to do sth.;suggest+doing sth.或suggest +从句(从句的谓语动词用should+动词原形,should可省略)。
“Why not go out for a walk?”he asked us.
→He advised us to go out for a walk./He suggested we go out for a walk.
(4)否定形式的祈使句在不定式前加上否定词not或never。
“Don’t touch anything in the lab.” the teacher said to us.
→The teacher told us not to touch anything in the lab.
2.带有let的祈使句变为间接引语时,可用suggest+ doing或suggest+从句来表示其相应的意思。
John said,“Let’s go out for lunch.”
→John suggested that we go out for lunch.
The teacher said,“Let Tom tidy the classroom.”
→The teacher suggested that Tom should tidy the classroom.
专题训练
Ⅰ.句型转换
1.“Mum,please help me find my shirt”he said.
→He ____________ his mother ________ help ________ find ________ shirt.askedtohimhis2.“Let’s start out tomorrow morning,” he said.
→He suggested __________ out ____________ morning.
3.“Go and post the letters,”the manager said to him.
→The manager ____________________ him __________ and post the letters.
startingthe nexttold/order/commandto go4.“Stand where you are!”the police said to the young man.
→The police ________________________ the young man __________________ where ________________.
ordered/command/toldto standhe was5.“Don’t smoke too much,please,” the doctor said to the patient.
→The doctor _______________ the patient ________________ too much.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.她告诉孩子们不要制造这么多噪音。
She ______________________________ so much noise.
asked/toldnot to smoketold the children not to make2.艾丽斯请求父亲让他修收音机。
Alice ________________________ repair the radio.
3.校长下令说,谁也不许迟到。
The headmaster _________________ no one
__________________.
asked her father toordered thatshould be late4.这老人叫我们下周再去。
The old man ______________________ again the next week.
5.工会主席建议工人们立即开工。
The leader of the trade union ________ the workers __________________/should start to work at once.
asked us to go thereadvisedto start to workⅢ.单项填空
1.—Joyce,please don’t talk in class.
—Pardon?
—I ________ talk in class.
A.tell you don’t B.tell you not to
C.told you didn’t D.told you not to
解析:选D。直接引语如果是祈使句,变为间接引语时应变成动词不定式。
2.—What did she say just now?
—She said that she ________ come this weekend because of illness.
A.can’t B.couldn’t
C.won’t D.may not
解析:选B。直接引语变间接引语时,如果主句是一般过去时态,那么从句也要用相应的过去时态。
3.—What did the school say to the building workers?
—The school asked them ________ any noise during the examination.
A.not make B.not to make
C.not making D.don’t make
解析:选B。考查间接引语。ask sb.(not)to do sth.意为“要求某人(不要)做某事”。
4.—What did the teacher say?
—He told me ________ again.
A.not to late
B.not to be late
C.to be not late
D.not being late
解析:选B。tell sb.to do sth.“告诉某人做某事”,不定式的否定形式not应放于不定式符号to之前。
4.—What did the teacher say?
—He told me ________ again.
A.not to late
B.not to be late
C.to be not late
D.not being late
解析:选B。tell sb.to do sth.“告诉某人做某事”,不定式的否定形式not应放于不定式符号to之前。
5.The teacher ________ me to have another try.
A.warned B.suggested
C.hoped D.asked
解析:选D。suggest和hope后面不能跟不定式作宾补,可排除B、C两项;根据题意,A项不合适,故选D项。
6.Mother asked the youngest son ________ with his toy car.
A.what the matter was
B.what was the matter
C.what the matter is
D.what is the matter
解析:选B。由主句谓语动词用过去时可排除C、D两项;当“what’s the matter”作宾语从句时,语序不发生变化,故正确答案为B项。7.The officer ordered all the soldiers ________ in line and ________ to him attentively.
A.standing;listening
B.standing;to listen
C.to stand;listen
D.to stand;listened
解析:选C。order sb.to do sth.且and连接并列的两个不定式。
8.The patient was warned ________ oily food after the operation.
A.to eat not B.eating not
C.not to eat D.not eating
解析:选C。此句为warn sb.to do sth.的被动、否定结构。
9.The army officer ________ his men to fire the moment the enemy appeared.
A.warned B.commanded
C.made D.suggested
解析:选B。考查command sb.to do sth.,A项意思不符。
10.The little boy was ________ his mother to buy him a toy plane.
A.making B.taking
C.requesting D.intending
解析:选C。request sb.to do sth.请求某人做某事。
日记
写作要求
假设2012年5月12日是你父亲的生日,下面三幅图描绘的是你给父亲买完礼物后乘坐地铁回家时经历的一件事。请根据图示,用英语写一篇日记记叙这件事,并谈谈自己的感受。
注意:1.词数不少于100;
2.可适当加入细节,以使行文连贯。
参考词汇:地铁(列车)——subway trainMay12th,2012 Fine
________________________________________________________________________
审题谋篇
1.审题构思
此篇书面表达为日记格式,记叙文题材。根据文章提示,时态为一般过去时态,人称为第一人称。
2.篇章结构
书端——正文——感想
3.内容要点——关键词买礼物buy a present(略写);让座sit on the train,an old lady with two heavy bags,offer my seat(详写)。
写作要点
1.虽然我所乘坐的地铁很拥挤,但是我还是很幸运地找到一个座位。
①The subway train taking me home
_________________,but
_____________________________.
was crowdedI was lucky to get a seat②Although the subway which I took __________________________,
______________________________.
2.我坐在车上想像着爸爸收到我的礼物时那种充满高兴的表情。
① __________________ imagining father’s smiling,satisfied and happy face
_______________________.
was filled with peopleI was fortunate finding a seatI sat there quietlyat receiving the gift②____________________,I thought my dad _____________________________________
_________________________________.
3.看到她很疲惫,虽然我也很累但是我还是把座位让给了这位老人。
① __________________,I
________________________ although I
________________ myself.
Sitting on the trainwould be very happy when he saw the
presentSeeing her so tiredoffered my seat to herfelt exhausted②___________________.I _____________________________ although I _________________.
4.同时我也意识到如果我能带给别人方便的话我的路途也会更加的快乐!
①I also realized
_____________________________________ if I __________________ for others!
She looked tiredgave my seat to the old ladywas worn outhow much sweeter the journey would bemake it smoother②I also understood
______________________________ if I
__________________________________ in
the future.
how happy my trip would bewill always be ready to help others佳作欣赏
May 12th,2012 Fine
Today is father’s birthday.I went to buy a gift to mark his day.The subway train taking me home was crowded,but I was lucky to get a seat.I sat there quietly imagining father’s smiling,satisfied and happy face at receiving the gift.The train stopped at the next stop and an old lady with two largesuitcases got on.Seeing her so tired,I offered my seat to her although I felt exhausted myself.The old lady thanked me and I smiled back at her.
Maybe that was another gift for father.I also realized how much sweeter the journey would be if you make it smoother for others!
名师点津
【美文点津】
1.本文符合日记的文体要求,行文自然流畅,文章要点齐全,意思表达真切。详略得当,重点突出。
2.be crowded,be lucky to do,offer sth.to sb.,feel exhausted等高级词汇运用贴切。不同连词如but,although,also等的使用使语句灵活多变,并且使全文结构紧凑。3.从语言使用的角度来说,使用了一些现在分词短语等高级句式,使得文章表达生动形象,另外,按照时间顺序将整个事件叙述得非常完
整。
【类文点津】
日 记
(一)文体格式:
1.书端:左上角写日期,右上角写天气情况。
2.正文。
3.感想。
(二)注意事项:
1.注意日期,天气和星期几的书写。左上角是日期(年,月,日)。其顺序多是星期+月日年,也有把星期放在后面的,如2011年3月20日,星期一可写为Monday March 20,2011或March 20,2011 Monday。天气状况应写在正文的右上角,如:Fine,Rainy,Cloudy,Windy等。2.注意标题的书写:在日期和天气的下一
行中间可以写上日记小标题,也可以不写标
题。
3.在书写正文时
(1)要注意审题,选择要点来写,不能写成简单的流水账;
(2)日记的内容多是自己亲身经历或者耳闻目睹的事情,一般要用第一人称来写。日记多是用来记叙当天已经发生的事情,因此动词时态常选用一般过去时态,但使用时候必须灵活掌握,如景物描写,议论等要用一般现在时态。
(3)日记要以事件发生的先后顺序来展开描写,一定要简明扼要,条理清楚。
常用词汇:
天气状况:rainy下雨,cloudy多云,snowy下雪,foggy多雾,sunny晴朗,windy刮风,warm温暖,hot炎热,cold寒冷,fine晴朗。
表顺序:first of all/ first/ to begin with/ above all首先,second第二,third第三,last/finally/at last/eventually/ in the end最后,then然后,next 下一个。
表时间:then当时,那时,from now on从现在开始,from then on从那时开始,at the same time/in the meantime/in the meanwhile/ meanwhile同时,soon不久,
during在期间,lately 最近,as soon as一……就……,afterwards /later后来,earlier早些时候,now现在,after a while过了一会,at that time在那时。
(三)常用句型:
1.It was rather cold a week ago,but it has become quite warm now.一个星期前还是很冷,但现在天暖和了。
2.It is April Fool’s Day today.今天是愚人节。
3.It is Women’s Day today.今天是妇女节。
4.I got up at 6∶00 in the morning,and went to go shopping at 10∶00.我早上六点起床,十点钟去购物。
5.When I came into the classroom,I found my classmates were reading English aloud.
当我到教室的时候,我发现同学们在大声朗读英语。单元盘点
词语串串练
Senior school’s life is a very important period.Everyone①prepares themselves for the college entrance examination.Each of us tries our best to realize our dreams.During the process,classmates ②go through all kinds of
difficulties.
As a student,it is obvious that learning should be put in the first place.Although there are so many problems to settle,classmates ③follow a rule—to seek truth from facts,no cheating! When we meet with problems,we always give each other ④encouragement and ⑤tide over difficulties together.Many students stay up all night studying. Many students do poorly in writing and spelling.Many classmates offer to help them.They ⑥arrange time properly to give them timely help.My classmates all have ⑦noble hearts.
Besides studying,we also care about each other in our daily life.When we are under stress,my classmates will get together to ⑧search for a way out of it.To our relief,when one of us is in trouble,there is always one to ⑨accompany him or her to make him/her ⑩cheer up.I feel ?fortunate to live with such lovely classmates.
We all feel lucky we will spend three happy years together.Everyone should treasure the pure friendship between our classmates.We all have a strong ?belief—we will have our wishes fulfilled.
高中生活是一个至关重要的时期,每个人都为了高考而全力以赴。
每个人都尽自己所能
去实现梦想。在这个
过程中,同学们都经
历了各种各样的困难。
作为一名学生,毋庸置疑学习应该放在首要位置。但是有太多亟待解决的难题摆在我们面前。但是同学们一直坚持一个原则——实事求是,不作弊!遇到问题大家相互鼓励,一起克服困难。很多同学都是熬夜学习。很多同学的书法和拼写很差,好多同学都主动提供帮助,合理安排时间给他们及时的辅导。同学们都有一颗高尚的心。除了学习,在日常生活中我们也相互关心。当我们有压力的时候,同学们会一起寻找摆脱压力的方法;令我们感到欣慰的是,当一个人陷入困境时通常都会有一个人默默地陪伴在身边,让他/她振作起来。我感到很幸运能和我可爱的同学们生活在一起。
我们如此幸运能在一起度过高中三年的快乐时光。每个人都应该珍惜同学之间的纯真的友谊。我们都坚信一个信念——我们都会如愿以偿!
高考对对碰
链接一 when
(教材原句P23) I was sleeping soundly last night when I was awakened by someone’s groans.[高考例证]
(2011·高考浙江卷)One Friday,we were packing to leave for a weekend away ________ my daughter heard cries for help.
A.after B.while
C.since D.When
你做对了吗?
选D。考查连词辨析。语意表示我们正在收拾行李,这时我的女儿听到求救的呼喊。be doing...when...表示“正在做某事,这时(突然)……”,是常用结构,故选D项。链接二 it形式宾语
(教材原句P15)As I stood there in silence,I felt it necessary to let him know cheating was wrong.
[高考例证]
(2011·高考天津卷) We feel ________ our duty to make our country a better place.
A.it B.this
C.that D.one
选A。考查代词。句意:我们认为把我们的国家建设得更好是我们的职责。根据句意可知,it在句中作形式宾语,代替后面的不定式,故选A项。,链接三 enough
(教材原句P15)Sorry,James,but you know me well enough to understand how I feel about cheating.[高考例证]
(2010·高考辽宁卷)We only had $100 and that was ________ to buy a new computer.
A.nowhere near enough
B.near enough nowhere
C.enough near nowhere
D.near nowhere enough,
选A。考查副词用法。句意:我们只有100美元,怎么也不够买一台新电脑的。nowhere near是固定短语,意思是“差得远;远不及”,相当于一个形容词,enough作副词用,修饰形容词或副词时,应该放在被修饰词的后面。
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件11张PPT。Unit 2 Helpful Schoolmates教材背景链接
你会发现人世间最珍贵的东西恰恰都是免费的,而且都是最无价的。比如说亲情、友情还有爱情。除了这些还有吗?就让我们从下面的
短文中找到答案吧!It suddenly occurred to me that the best things in life are free.
Sunshine is free.None of the human beings in the world can survive without sunshine.However,who has ever paid a coin for the sunshine he or she enjoys?
Air is also free.A person needs inexhaustible supply of air to keep alive. But is there anybody who pays for the air that’s so indispensable?
Free is blood relationship.Since a baby comes to the world it is under meticulous care of its parents—so profound,and selfless that none of the parents would say,“I won’t care for you unless I’m paid.”The parents’ love won’t depreciate with the child’s growing up,nor
weaken with their own aging—it remains the same as long as they live.
Also free is friendship.Your friend,who keeps you company when you are lonely,helps you stand up when
you fall,embraces you when you are heartbroken,is the one who never asks for payment.Does he or she demand any reward for the offer?Love is indeed free.Admiration arises despite oneself,yearning grows beyond one’ s control,willingness to go through thick and thin,and enthusiasm to help each other overcome crisis—all these are deep comfort and most solid support to depend on in life.They are gratis,yet they can’t be bought by money.
Target,the aim one pursues in life,is also free.Either a prince who lives in luxury or a tramp dressed in rags,can have an aim in life if he will.It can be a great one or an ordinary one,a splendid one or a modest one.Nevertheless,so long as there’s a will,there’s a way;you are always hopeful.
It’s also true for faith,hope and will,as well as dream...They are all
free and can be got for the asking.Also free are the spring wind and drizzle,the moonlight and the twinkling stars...all those nice things of the world that are nourishing to one’s mind!
Don’t sigh any more to the Heaven,which is just and generous.Every one is fairly treated—the most valuable things are given free of charge.
?
新课导入
同师授业的人,互相帮助的人,共同携手并肩的人,同在一起学习的人,就是“同学”。让我们珍惜现在与同学相处的美好时光吧。这将是一生的财富。本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件19张PPT。Section Ⅰ Getting Ready,Reading & Comprehending—Warming Up?Step One: Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1.___________n.力量
2.____________ adj. 破碎的;损坏的
3._________n. 征兆;前兆
4.__________adv. 实际上;事实上
5._________ vi. 瞄准power brokensign actually aim6.___________ n. 汗;vi.流汗
7.____________adv. 平静地;沉着地
8.___________ n. 讨厌;憎恨
9.wonder n. _________________
10.excellently adv. ___________________
11.pause vi. _____________________
12.strike vt. ___________________
13.fellow n. __________________sweatcalmly hatred惊异;不可思议极好地;优秀地犹豫;停顿打;敲打小伙子14.appearance n. ___________________
15.armed adj. ________________________
Ⅱ.重点短语
1.point sth._____ ... 以某物瞄准/对着……
2.look __________(...) 朝(……的)四周看
3.just __________就在那时
4.catch sight______... 看见……
外貌;容貌武装的;带着武器的ataroundthen of 5.aim_____... 瞄准……
6.one(tune) _______another 一(曲)又一(曲)
7.give way______... 为……所代替;让路
8.die _________渐渐消失
9.( be)deep _____thought 沉思着
10.have a talk ________sb. 与某人交谈ataftertoaway inwith11.give oneself _____(to...) (向……)自首
12.Tell______... 表明……
?Step Two:Fast Reading
Scan the text and then choose the best answers according to the text.
1.Why did David come to the cabin?( )
A.To play the violin.
B.To arrest a killer called Cal Richards.
up of BC.To talk about violin tunes.
D.To have a dinner with the old man.
2.How did the old man get rid of his hatred?( )
A.He realised he mistook David.
B.He thought David was not a policeman.
C.He was attracted by the violin tune David played.
D.He was forced to give up his hatred.
C3.How did Cal go to the police station?( )
A.He drove there.
B.The police caught him and took him there.
C.His father forced him to go there.
D.He gave himself up there.
C4.How many characters have been mentioned in the passage?( )
A.Two.
B.Three.
C.Four.
D.Five.
B?Step Three: Careful Reading
Ⅰ.Read the text and answer the following questions.
1.Who was Cal Richards?
___________________________________________
2.Did David find Cal in the cabin? If not,who did he find?
______________________________________________________________________________________
答案:Cal was an armed and dangerous killer.答案:No,he didn’t.He found an old man who was pointing a gun at him.3.What did David do in order to save himself?
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________4.What did the old man do at last?
______________________________________
___________________________________答案:He played the violin until the old man put down his gun and at last he stayed for dinner with the old man.答案:The old man sent Cal to the
police station.Ⅱ.Read the text again and fill in the blanks
closely pointed caughttuneattractedexcellentlystaygive himself upstruck fellow?Step Four: Consolidation
A Violin and the Law
David,a policeman,came to a 1.
________about two miles up the mountain to get Cal Richards who was an armed and dangerous killer.He saw an old man watching him closely.David caught 2._________ of a violin
and asked who played it.The old man didn’t answer,with his gun still 3. __________at
David.Davidcabinsightaiming4. ___________the room and took the violin from the wall as calmly 5. _______he were a welcome visitor.
He began to play the violin,one tune after another.The old man stood there,6.___________.The hatred in his eyes was giving way to a look of 7. ___________,then he pointed his gun
towards the floor.He began to beat time,
crossedas if attractedwonder8.__________ one foot on the dirt floor,placed the gun in a corner.
At last when David stood up and decided to leave,the old man promised to
9._____________ with Cal.
The next day,the old man came up to the police station with a young fellow whose 10._____________ told of many days in hiding.
tapping have a talkappearance?Step Five: Discussion
Some people say music is so important that life without music is like a severe winter without sunshine.Do you agree with it? If not,why?
________________________________________________________________________
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件70张PPT。Section Ⅱ Getting Ready,Reading & Comprehending—Language Study词汇精研
1power n.力量,能力
(教材原句)Talk about the power of music. 谈论一下音乐的力量。归纳拓展
(be) in power 执政,当权
come to power 上台,执政
take power 当权,执政
within one’s power 在某人的能力范围之内
beyond one’s power 超出某人的能力
①She lost her power of speech.她失去了说话的能力。
②Obama began to reform after he came to power.
奥巴马掌权后便开始实行改革。
③Government has been in power for two years.
这届政府已执政两年。
2sign n.标记,符号;招牌;迹象 v.签(署)
(教材原句)He looked around the cabin and didn’t see any sign of Cal.
大卫环视着小屋,没有发现任何凯尔的踪迹。
归纳拓展
a sign of... ……的标志/迹象
sign up for 报名参加
sign for 签收
sign in(out) 签到(签退)巧学活用
1-1完成句子
(1) The party _________________ (上台) ten years ago,and has been in ________ (执政) ever since.
(2)The prices are so high that it is ___________________(无力) to support a family of four.
came to powerpowerbeyond my power1-2单项填空
—You are always full of ________,can you tell me the secret?
—Taking plenty of exercise every day.
A.power B.strength
C.force D.energy
解析:选D。考查名词词义辨析。power“权力,势力”;strength “力气,优势”;force“力;武力”;energy “精力”;be full of energy指:精力旺盛;符合题意。
2-1完成句子
(1)你忘了在支票上签字。
You forgot to ________________.
(2)日落时的晚霞是好天气的征兆。
A red sky at sunset is ______________________.
(3)由于找不到工作,许多男人都报名参了军。
Many men ____________ for the army because they can not get ordinary jobs.
sign the checka sign of good weathersign up①The sign says “Parking Forbidden”.告示牌上写着“禁止停车”。
②He signed his name on the cheque.他在支票上签了名。
③There wasn’t a sign of life in the place.那儿没有生命的迹象。
[易混辨析] symbol/sign/signal/mark3catch sight of 看见
(教材原句) Just then he caught sight of a violin hanging on the wall.
就在那时,他看到墙上挂着一把小提琴。
归纳拓展
lose sight of 看不见 lose one’s sight 丧失视力
at first sight 初见 at (the) sight of 一看见
in/within sight 看见;被望见 out of sight 看不见;在视野之外 ①I caught sight of my old friend in town today.
我今天在城里看见我的老朋友了。
②The ship went down and at last went out of sight.
船在下沉,最后消失不见了。
③Suddenly they got separated,and then lost sight of each other.
突然,他们分开了,看不见彼此。
4aim vi.瞄准 n.目标;目的
(教材原句)Actually Cal’s father played the violin best in the area,but he didn’t answer,with his gun still aiming at David. 实际上,凯尔的父亲是这一带拉小提琴拉得最好的,但他没有回答,仍然用他那杆枪指着大卫。
1) aim sth.at... 用……瞄准……
aim at ...以……为目标;瞄准;目标在于……
aim to do sth. 旨在做……;立志要做……
2) achieve one’s aim 达到目的
take aim at 瞄准;对准
without aim 漫无目的地
with the aim of 以期……,意在……
①He has only one aim in life-to succeed.
他活着只有一个目的——就是成功。
②The hunter took aim at the wolf,fired but missed it.
猎人用枪瞄准狼开了火,却没有打中。,
2-2单项填空
Before the final examination,many students have shown ________ of tension.Some have trouble in sleeping while others have lost their appetite.
A.anxiety B.impressions
C.signs D.remarks
解析:选C。show signs of tension表示“表现出紧张的样子”,符合语境。anxiety紧张;impression印象;remark评论。
3-1用sight短语完成句子
(1)我一看见血就会晕倒。
I always faint ________________ blood.
(2)我看到公共汽车的后面有一个空座位。
I _____________ of an empty seat at the back of the bus.
at the sight ofcaught sight3-2单项填空
There was nobody ________ when the man came round the corner.
A.out of sight B.at sight
C.lose sight D.in sight
解析:选D。根据句意可知,空格处的意思应该是“视野之内;看见”。in sight看得见;在眼前。
4-1翻译句子
(1)枪瞄准了她的头。
_____________________________________
(2)我们现在的目标是创办一座工厂。
______________________________________
4-2单项填空
He studied hard at his lessons,________ the college entrance examination next year.
The gun was aimed at her head.Our aim is to set up a factory.A.take aim at passing
B.aiming passing
C.aiming to pass
D.aim at passing
解析:选C。空格处要求用现在分词作状语,排除A,D两项。aim to do意为:打算做某事。
?
5calmly adv.平静地;沉重地
(教材原句)David crossed the room and felt sweat on his forehead,but he took the violin from the wall as calmly as if he were a welcome visitor.
大卫走过去取琴,他额头上冒出了汗,但他还是从容地从墙上取下了琴,就好像他是一位颇受欢迎的客人。归纳拓展
calm adj.(心情)平静的;(天气)平静无风的 v.(使)平静;(使)镇静 calm down 平静/镇静下来 keep/be calm 保持镇定
①He was calm when I told him the bad news.当我告诉他这个坏消息时,他很平静。
②He took a few deep breaths to calm himself down.
他深深地吸了几口气,使自己平静下来。
[易混辨析] calm/quiet/silent/still
6give way to... 为……所代替;让路;顺从,让步
(教材原句)The hatred in his eyes was giving way to a look of wonder.
他眼中的敌意正变为惊讶的神情。
归纳拓展
①The company gave way to the worker’s demand.公司让步于工人的要求。
②I gave up smoking two years ago.我两年前戒的烟。
7wonder n.惊异;不可思议;v.感到好奇,想知道
(教材原句)The hatred in his eyes was giving way to a look of wonder.
他眼中的敌意正变为惊讶的神情。
归纳拓展
1)wonder at/about sth./that...对……感到惊讶
wonder wh/how?clause 想知道……
wonder if/whether 不知是否……2) It is a wonder that...奇怪的是……
It’s no wonder (that)...= No wonder(that)...难怪……
What a wonder! 多么令人惊奇!真想不到!
in wonder 惊讶地
①I wonder how you came to miss your way.我想知道你是怎样迷路的。
②We wondered at the speed at which it arrived.我们赞叹其到达速度之快。
③I wonder if you’ll help me with the luggage.
我想知道你是否能帮我提这些行李。
④It’s no wonder you’ve got a headache when you drank so much last night.
昨晚你喝了那么多酒,难怪你头疼。
5-1选词填空(calm/quiet/silent/still)
(1)He kept ________ in face of great danger.
(2)They moved to the countryside and lived a ________ life.
(3)She kept ________ about the matter.
(4)Children find it difficult to sit ________ for very long.
calmquietsilentstill5-2单项填空
John is well?known for ________ calm in troubled times.But he shouldn’t have kept ________ at the meeting.
A.seeming;calm
B.remaining;silent
C.looking;still
D.appearing;quiet
解析:选B。remain calm为系表结构,意思是“保持平静”;seem,look,appear也可以作系动词,但它们表示“表面上,但实际上并非如此”。keep silent意思是“保持沉默”。故选B。
6-1用give短语完成句子
(1)我认输,告诉我答案吧。
I ________ ;tell me what the answer is.
(2)她把钱都送给穷人了。
She _____________ all her money to the poor.
(3)过了一个月,他们的食物已消耗殆尽。
After a month their food supplies __________.
(4)洪水来临时琼斯太太并没有害怕。
Mrs.Jones didn’t ___________ fears during the flood.
give upgave awaygave outgive way to6-2单项填空
I think we should ________ all these old toys to the local children hospital.
A.give out B.give in
C.give up D.give away
解析:选D。句意:我认为我们应该把所有这些旧玩具赠送给当地儿童医院。give away“赠送;泄露”;give out“分发;耗尽”;give in“屈服;让步”;give up“放弃”。
7-1完成句子
(1)他从不刻苦学习,难怪他考试不能及格。
He never worked hard.___________________
he didn’t pass the examination.
(2)她以惊叹的眼神凝视那颗钻石。
She gazed at the diamond ____________.
(3)地震后,他能活下来真是个奇迹。
__________________ he survived the earthquake.It is no wonder thatin wonderIt’s a wonder that(4)不知你能否和我共进晚餐。
_______________________ you would like to have dinner with me.
7-2单项填空
—I wonder if I could use your telephone.
— ________.
A.I wonder how
B.I don’t wonderI was wondering whetherC.Sorry,it’s out of order
D.No wonder,here it is
解析:选C。句意:——我想知道我能否用用你的电话。——抱歉,电话坏了。out of order坏了,出故障了。其他选项不符合语境意义。
8die away 渐渐消失
(教材原句)When the final notes of the tune died away,the old man placed the gun in a corner. 当乐曲的最后一个音符消失时,老人把枪放在了墙角。
归纳拓展
die of/from 死于……
die out 灭亡;逐渐消失
die down(火、情绪、风暴等)减弱,平息 die off 相继死去,先后死去 ①The noise of the car died away in the distance.汽车的声音消失在远方。
②In the old days many poor people died of cold and hunger.
在过去,许多穷人因寒冷和饥饿而死亡。
9strike vt.& vi.打敲;撞击;罢工;袭击;报时;划(火柴);n.罢工
(教材原句)The next day,as the town clock struck twelve,a bearded old man came up the street towards the police station.
第二天,当城里的钟敲响了12下,一位留着胡子的老人沿着街道向警察局走来。
归纳拓展
1)strike sb.in/on+the+身体部位 打某人某部位
be struck by...被……打动;被……迷住;被……咬伤
sth.strikes sb.某人突然想出……
it strikes sb.that.../it strikes sb.to do...某人想到……
2) be on strike 在罢工
go on strike 罢工①Strike while the iron is hot.趁热打铁。
②The first time I saw her I was struck by her beauty.
我第一次见到她时,就被她的美貌打动了。
[易混辨析] strike/beat/hit8-1完成句子
(1)很多古老的习俗正在消失。
Many old customs are ____________.
(2)火正渐渐地熄灭。
The fire is ____________.
(3)音乐声渐渐消失了。
The sound of the music ____________.
dying outdying downdied away8-2单项填空
This kind of plants are ________.Some day they will ________ forever.
A.dying off;die out
B.dying away;die off
C.dying down;die out
D.dying out;die away
解析:选A。前面句子用了进行时,表示正在灭亡,故用die off。后面表示有一天会永远消失,故用die out。
9-1选词填空(strike/hit/beat)
(1)The angry man ________ the table with his fist.
(2)He ___________ the man on the shoulder.
(3)The rain was ________ the window.
(4)I can easily ________ him at table tennis.
struckstruck/hitbeatingbeat9-2单项填空
It had never ________ him that he might get a job offer from such a big international company.
A.occurred B.expected
C.struck D.happened
解析:选C。句意:他从未想到他会在这么大的国际公司得到一个职位。It occurs to sb./strikes sb.that...某人突然想到……。
句型巧析
1(教材原句)Through a broken window,he saw an old man with a beard watching him closely.
透过已破了的窗子,大卫看到一个留着胡子的老人正紧紧地盯着他。
[句法分析]句中的saw an old man with a beard watching him closely 属于“see+宾语+宾补”结构。意为:看到某人/某物做某事。
①I saw her walking into the bookshop.我看见她正走进书店。巧学活用
1-1用动词的适当形式填空
(1)She is often heard ____________ (sing) songs.
(2)When I got home I found the window ____________ (break) and the thief gone away already.
(3)When did you last see the boy ____________ ( play) in the garden?
to singbroken playing(4)They knew her very well.They had seen her ____________ (grow up) from childhood.
归纳拓展
感官动词see,hear,feel,watch,notice,observe,find等后接复合宾语(宾语+宾补)时,宾补通常有三种形式:
①感官动词+宾语+do sth.做了……,表示动作全过程,宾补和宾语在逻辑上是主动关系。grow up(此结构变成被动语态时,原来不带to的不定式要加上to。)
②感官动词+宾语+doing sth.“正在做……”,表示动作正在进行,宾补和宾语之间在逻辑上是主动关系。
③感官动词+宾语+done sth.被做……,表示动作已经完成或表状态,宾补与宾语之间在逻辑上是被动关系。
②I saw him put the key on the desk.
我看到他把钥匙放在了桌子上。
③Why did you stand and watch them fighting?
你为什么光站着看他们打架?
④I saw an old man knocked down by a car.我看到一位老人被车撞倒了。
⑤There was a person who had seen the man killed.有人看到过这个人被杀了。
2(教材原句)David crossed the room and felt sweat on his forehead,but he took the violin from the wall as calmly as if he were_ a welcome visitor. 大卫走过去取琴,他额头上冒出了汗,但他还是从容地从墙上取下了琴,就好像他是一位颇受欢迎的客人。
[句法分析]本句as if he were a welcome visitor 为as if引导的方式状语从句。as if引导的从句多用虚拟语气,如果说话人讲的事情与事实相符,as if从句中要有陈述语气。
①He treats the little girl as if she were his own daughter.
他对待这个小女孩就像她是自己的女儿一样。
②It looks as if it’s going to rain.天看起来要下雨了。
归纳拓展
as if引导方式状语从句,as if(= as though)引导从句,
从句中多用虚拟语气。其形式如下:
1)从句表示与现在事实相反,谓语动词用过去式,be用was或were;2)从句表示与过去事实相反,谓语动词用had done;
3)从句表示与将来事实相反,谓语动词用would/could/might+do。
③He talks about Rome as if he had been there before.
他说起罗马来好像他以前去过罗马似的。
④He talks as if he knew everything.他说起话来好像什么都知道似的。⑤He opened his mouth as if he would say something.他张开嘴好像要说什么。
3(教材原句)With him was a young fellow whose appearance told of many days in hiding.
和他一起来的是一个小伙子,一看他那样子就知道他已躲藏了多日。
[句法分析]本句为完全倒装句式。当表语是分词、形容词、副词、介词短语,主语比较长且主语是名词时,为了保持句子平衡,常把表语放在句首,引起句子全部倒装。句型为:形容词/分词/副词/介词短语+be+主语。
①Present at the meeting were a professor from Nanjing University and his two assistants.出席会议的是一位来自南京大学的教授以及他的两名助手。
归纳拓展
表示处所、方位等的副词或介词,如here,there,now,up,down,in,out,off等放在句首,且主语是名词,谓语通常为be,lie,sit,stand,come,go,exist,live等不及物动词,
这时句子用全部倒装。
②Here are some presents for your birthday.这些是给你的生日礼物。
③Under the tree stand my English teacher and some of my classmates.
树下站着我的英语老师和几个同学。1-2单项填空
Seeing the sun ________ above the surface of the sea,all of the people shouted with joy.
A.to rise B.rising
C.raise D.raising
解析:选B。句意:看到太阳从海平面上升起,所有人都欢呼起来。raise“提高”为及物动词,故排除C、D;see的后面跟不带to的不定式作宾语补足语,故排除A。
2-1用动词的正确形式填空
(1)He behaved as if nothing
______________ (happen).
(2)We have missed the bus;it looks as if we _____________ (have) to walk.
(3)It sounds as if she ________ (be) really ill.
had happenedwill have towere2-2单项填空
An accident happened to him yesterday,but he behaves as if nothing ________.
A.happened B.should happen
C.happens D.had happened
解析:选D。句意:昨天他出事了,但他表现得若无其事。事实是发生了事故,而他的表现是没发生,故用虚拟语气。在as if引导的从句中应用过去完成时表示对过去的虚拟,故答案为D。
3-1翻译句子
房前坐着一个小男孩。
______________________________________
3-2单项填空
(1)Eventually they arrived at a cave,________.
A.in front of that there stood a strange tree
B.in front of which stood a strange tree
答案:In front of the house sat a small boy.C.in front of that stood a strange tree
D.in front of where there stood a strange tree
解析:选B。考查倒装句。in front of which stood a strange tree是一个非限制性定语从句,修饰cave。
(2)________ where we can stay for a week.
A.Next is another hotel to it
B.Next to it another hotel is
C.Next to it is another hotel
D.It is next to another hotel is
解析:选C。考查倒装,把表语提前,句子要倒装。
名师微博 如果主语是代词,而不是名词,句子不用倒装。本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件61张PPT。Section Ⅲ Language Focus,Listening and Speaking,
Writing & Further Reading
??Step One: Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1.______________ adj. 国际的
2.______________ n. 接受;接纳
3._______________ n. 方面
4._____________ n. 内容
5.___________ n. 协调internationalacceptanceaspectcontentharmony6.______________ adv. 通常地;一般地
7._____________ n. 关心;挂念
8._____________ n. 成绩;成就
9.________________n. 生活方式
10._____________adj. 文化的
11._______________ n. 表现力
12.movement n. ________________
13.tradition n. _________
commonlyconcernachievementlifestyle cultural expression运动;活动传统14.______________vt. 代表;表示
15.sorrow n. ____________________
16.social adj. ___________
17.inequality n. ___________
18.talent n. ____________________
19.___________ vt. 创造;创作
20.forever adv. ____________
21.emotion n. __________________
represent 忧愁;遗憾社会的不平等才能;才干create永远感情;情感Ⅱ.重点短语
1.hear _____... 听说……
2.be known_____... 以……知名;被认为是……
3.be based______... 以……为基础
4.A rather _______B A而不是B
5.Tend______... 倾向于……
6.______ first 首先
7.be concerned________ 参与;干预ofasonthan toat with 8.Sing_____... 歌颂……
9.________ the influence of... 在……的影响下
10.believe ______相信;信仰
?Step Two:Fast Reading
Ⅰ.Scan the two passages on Page 43 and then choose the best answer according to the text.
ofunderin1.When was country music produced?( )
A.In the early 1920s.
B.In the 19th century.
C.During the civil war.
D.During World War One.
A2.Why is it so popular?( )
A.It is easy to memorize.
B.Its style is simple and you’ll feel relaxed when listening to it.
C.It is very short.
D.It is written by the upper class.B3.The movement against tradition in the early 1960s was represented by ________.
A.the monkeys B.films
C.paintings D.the Beatles
4.Which of the following is NOT true?( )
A.The Beatles found a way for young people who were angry.
B.White Southerners produced country music.CDC.The Beatles sometimes copied other people.
D.The Beatles was one of the top celebrities in the world.
Ⅱ.Read the two passages on Page 43 and fill in the blanks.
Mainly 1. ___________by white Southerners in the early 1920s,country music is a 2._________ kind of American popular music.It has
producedmajor3.__________ wide international acceptance till now.Its popularity lies in its 4._______ style,and it is 5.__________ to listen to.The lyrics 6._________ the lives of ordinary,working-class Americans and cover subjects about love,relationships,loneliness and so
on.
The Beatles who found a way for angry young men to 7._________ their feelings ingainedsimplerelaxingreflect expressnoisy music and pop songs were very popular in England.They were 8. ___________with young men’s problems and social problems.The Beatles 9.____________ in themselves and never copied anyone.In March 2001,Forbes 10. __________them as No.3 among the 100 pop world celebrities.
concernedbelievedlisted词汇精研
1remind...of 使……回想起/意识到
(教材原句)The radio reminds me of my home far away.
那无线电波使我想起了我的家乡。归纳拓展
①That reminded me of the happy days I had spent there.
那件事使我想起我在那里度过的快乐日子。
②Please remind me to write to my mother tomorrow.
请提醒我明天给我母亲写信。
2be known as 以……知名;被认为是……
(教材原句)Although originally it was known as “hillbilly music”,it has gained wide international acceptance since it became part of popular music.
虽然最初它被认为是“山地音乐”,但自从它融入流行音乐后,就得到了全世界的认可。
归纳拓展
①Samuel Clemens,who was known as Mark Twain,became a famous American writer.塞缪尔·克莱门斯,以马克·吐温知名,成了美国名作家。
②What is Einstein known for?爱因斯坦因何而出名?
3gain vt.获得;赢得
(教材原句)Although originally it was known as “hillbilly music”,it has gained wide international acceptance since it became part of popular music.
虽然最初它被认为是“山地音乐”,但自从它融入流行音乐后,就得到了全世界的认可。
①He gained full marks in the examination.他考试得了满分。
②He has gained rich experience in these years.这些年来,他取得了丰富的经验。
[易混辨析] earn/gain/win巧学活用
1-1翻译句子
(1)你的头发和眼睛让我想起了你的妈妈。
___________________________________________
(2)提醒我在出去之前给玛丽打电话。
____________________________________________
Your hair and eyes remind me of your mother.Remind me to phone Mary before I go out.1-2单项填空
The natural beauty of Mount Tai ________ millions of tourists from all over the world every year.
A.encourages B.attracts
C.reminds D.seizes
解析:选B。考查动词词义辨析。attract吸引;encourage鼓励;remind提醒;seize抓住。句意:泰山的自然风光每年吸引了数百万来自世界各地的游客。
2-1完成句子
(1)香格里拉以其恬静的自然风光闻名。
Shangri?la ____________ its quiet natural scenery.
(2)这位歌手广为年轻的一代所熟知。
This singer ____________ the younger generation.
is known foris known to2-2单项填空
Michael Jackson is well?known ________ his songs ________ a popular singer.
A.for;to B.as;for
C.for;as D.with;for
解析:选C。句意:迈克尔·杰克逊作为一名流行歌手因为他的歌而著名。be known for以……而出名,be known as作为……而出名。
3-1选词填空(gain/win/earn)
(1)She ________ a bit of experience from the part?time job.
(2)That invention ________ him a medal.
(3) He ________ a reputation as an expert in dealing with difficult situations.
gainedwonearned3-2单项填空
(2011·高考辽宁卷)You are old enough to ________ your own living.
A.win B.gain
C.take D.earn
解析:选D。考查固定短语。句意:你的年龄已经足以自己谋生了。earn/make one’s living“谋生”,为固定短语,故D项正确。
4be based on 以……为基础
(教材原句)This basic aspect comes from the fact that it is based mainly on lyrical content rather than musical content.
它基本上是注重歌词的内容而不是音乐的内容。
归纳拓展
1)base v.以……为根据 n.基部;基地;基础
base sth.on/upon以……为根据/基础;把……建立在……2) basis n.基础,基本原则;标准
basic adj.基本的;基础的
①You should base your conclusion upon/on careful research.
你应该以审慎的研究为基础得出结论。
②The new telecommunication network is based on the latest 3G technology.这个新通讯网络基于最新的3G技术。
5tend vi.倾向于;易于;照顾;护理
(教材原句)Country music tends to mirror the concerns,achievements,and lifestyles of the times,and remains an important form of American cultural expression. 乡村音乐常反映出时代的焦点、成就和生活方式,所以一直是美国文化的一种重要的表现形式。归纳拓展
tend to do... 倾向于做
tend to/ towards 倾向于;趋于
tend( to) sb. 照料/护理某人
①Janet tends to get very angry if you disagree with her.
你如果不顺着珍妮特,她往往会大发脾气。
②The nurse skillfully tended soldiers’ wounds.
护士熟练地护理那些士兵的伤口。
6concern v.涉及;关系到 n.担心;关心;关系
(教材原句)Country music tends to mirror the concerns,achievements,and lifestyles of the times,and remains an important form of American cultural expression. 乡村音乐常反映出时代的焦点、成就和生活方式,所以一直是美国文化的一种重要的表现形式。归纳拓展
1)concern oneself with 关心;从事;参与
2) concerned adj.关心的,关切的,担忧的;相关的
be concerned about/for sth.关心;挂念
be concerned with 与……有关;参与;牵涉到
3) show/express concern about/for...对……表示关心/挂念
4) as/so far as...be concerned 就……而言 ①We are all very much concerned for her health.
我们都非常关心她的健康。
②I’m not concerned with that matter any longer.
我和那件事再也没有关系了。
③As far as I am concerned,I cannot object to your marriage.
就我个人而言,我不反对你们的婚事。
4-1完成句子
(1)Many students believe that the choice of their courses and universities should __________________________________ (以他们个人的兴趣为基础).
(2)Teaching is an art ________________(以科学为基础).
be based on their own interestbased on science4-2单项填空
Judging from the number of the audience,the movie ________ on the novel written by Jin Yong is well worth seeing.
A.basing B.is based
C.based D.to be based
解析:选C。分析句子成分看出,句中需要定语,the movie与base之间有逻辑上的动宾关系,因而使用过去分词,相当于定语从句which is based...
5-1翻译句子
老年人容易发胖。
______________________________________
5-2单项填空
I never forget the days when I was ________ by the villagers when I was wounded.
A.tended B.observed
C.monitored D.cared
Old people tend to get fat.解析:选A。tend用作及物动词,意为“照料;照顾”;observe“观察;注意”;monitor“监视;监控”;care为不及物动词,care for才有“照料;照顾”的意思。
6-1完成句子
(1)父母真正关心孩子们的幸福。
Parents are truly _______________ their children’s happiness.concerned for(2)这本书讲的主要是如何交友的问题。
This book is mainly _______________ the problem of how to make friends.
(3)她特别担心她孩子的安全。
She felt very ________________/for her child’s safety.
6-2单项填空
Dr.Smith was always ________ the poor and the sick,often providing them with free medical care.
concerned withconcerned aboutA.tended by B.absorbed in
C.reminded of D.concerned about
解析:选D。be concerned about意为“关心,挂念”,根据所提供的情境often providing them with free medical care可判断出他非常关心穷人和病人。be tended by被……照顾;be absorbed in专心于;be reminded of使想起。
名师微博 concerned 用作形容词时意为“担忧的;关心的”;用作后置定语意为“相关的;有关的”。另外concerning 用作介词时意为“关于;对于”。7remain vi./link.v. 仍是;保持
(教材原句)Country music tends to mirror the concerns,achievements,and lifestyles of the times,and remains an important form of American cultural expression. 乡村音乐常反映出时代的焦点、成就和生活方式,所以一直是美国文化的一种重要的表现形式。
归纳拓展
1) remain (link?v.)+ adj./adv./n./doing/done/prep.?ph
remain to do 尚待……;留待……
2)remains n. 残留物;遗体
remaining adj.剩余的 ①You may stay here so long as you remain quiet.
你只要保持安静,就可能呆在这儿。
②He will remain manager of the club until the end of his contract.
他将继续担任俱乐部的经理,直到合同期满。
③Several problems remain to be solved.有好几个问题尚待解决。
7-1单项填空
Ladies and gentlemen,please remain ________ until the plane has come to a complete stop.
A.seated B.seating
C.to seat D.seat
解析:选A。remain是连系动词,后接seated作表语;remain seated表示坐着的状态。
名师微博 remain为系动词,后面可以直接跟形容词、名词等作表语。系动词属于不及物动词,所以没有被动语态,常用主动形式表示被动含义。句型巧析
1(教材原句)Musically speaking,country music has a simple style and is relaxing to listen to;this is why it is so popular. 从音乐的角度来说,乡村音乐的风格简单,并且听起来让人放松,这正是它如此流行的原因所在。[句法分析]本句为why引导的表语从句。表语从句在复合句中作主句的表语,引导表语从句的词有that;whether;who;what;which;whoever;whatever;whichever;when;where;why;how;because等。
①That’s why I left so early.这就是我早早离开的原因。
②This is where I disagree.这一点是我所不同意的。
归纳拓展
This is why...这就是……的原因。(强调结果)
This is because...这是因为……。(强调原因)
The reason why...is/was that...(……的原因是……)句型中,一般用that引导表语从句,而不用because。2(教材原句)This basic aspect comes from the fact that it is based mainly on lyrical content rather_than musical content.
它基本上是注重歌词的内容而不是音乐的内容。
[句法分析]rather than表示“是……而不是……;与其……不如……”。可连接两个并列成分,如代词、介词、名词、形容词、动名词、不定式、谓语动词或从句。
①I’d prefer to go in summer rather than in winter.
我宁愿夏天去,不愿冬天去。
②It ought to be I rather than you that sign the letter.
在信上签名的应该是我,而不是你。
③I always devote my time to helping children with study rather than playing games.我总是宁愿把时间用于帮助孩子们学习而不是用在玩游戏上。
④I decided to write rather than (to) telephone.
我决定写信而不是打电话。
巧学活用
1-1完成句子
(1)汤姆病了,那就是他开会迟到的原因。
Tom was ill._______________ he came late for the meeting.
(2)汤姆开会迟到了,那是他病了。
Tom came late for the meeting.
______________________ he was ill.That was whyThat was because(3)我们不信任他的原因是因为他时常说谎。
_________________ we don’t trust him ________ he often lies.
1-2单项填空
—Have you heard the news that he was admitted into Beijing University?
—Yes,that’s ________ he worked so hard all the time,so his efforts paid off.
The reason whyis thatA.why B.because
C.how D.what
解析:选B。根据语境,前者说的是结果“他被北京大学录取”,后者解释原因,所以用because。
2-1完成句子
(1)我宁愿八月去,而不是七月去。
I want to go there in August
_______________________.
(2)对我来说,重要的是你做了什么,而不是你说了什么。
It is what you do _________________________ that is important to me.
rather than in Julyrather than what you say2-2单项填空
(1)It being Sunday,rather than ________ at home,I preferred ________.
A.stay;to travel B.to stay;to travel
C.stay;travel D.to stay;travelling
解析:选A。句意:这是一个星期天,我宁愿外出旅行也不愿意待在家中。此题考查的是prefer to do...rather than do...结构。rather than do可以放在句首。
归纳拓展
1)would do...rather than do...=would rather do...than do...宁愿做……也不愿做…… prefer to do...rather than do...宁愿做……也不愿做……
2)other than 除……之外
rather than 连接两个名词或代词作主语时,谓语动词应与rather than 前面的名词或代词在人称和数上保持一致。⑤You rather than I are going to go camping.是你而不是我要去野营。
⑥He prefers to stay at home watching TV rather than go to concert.
他宁愿在家里看电视也不愿意去听音乐会。
(2)In many countries in the world,breakfast is a snack(快餐) ________ a meal,but the traditional English breakfast is a full meal.
A.rather than B.more than
C.other than D.less than
解析:选A。前半句句意:在世界上许多国家,早餐是一顿快餐而不是正餐。rather than而不是,符合句意。more than 多于,超过; other than 除了; less than 少于,不到。
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件53张PPT。Section Ⅳ Grammar & Writing品味语法讲解归纳
定语从句(Ⅰ)
定语从句是起定语作用,修饰名词或代词的从句。被修饰的名词或代词称为先行词。定语从句一般位于先行词后。定语从句往往用关系副词和关系代词引导,关系词在定语从句中担任某种成分。本单元只讨论关系代词引导的定语从句。
1.关系代词引导的定语从句
(1)who指人,在句中作主语或宾语,作宾语时可省略。
The man who is shaking hands with my father is a policeman.正和我父亲握手的那个人是警察。
Those who show respects always gain respects from others.尊重别人的人才能得到别人的尊重。
(2)whom指人,在从句中作宾语,不能作主语,常可省略。
The man (whom) you met just now is my father.
你刚刚遇到的人是我父亲。
The teacher (whom) you are waiting for is coming.
你等的那位老师来了。
(3) whose既可指人,也可指物。其后接名词,与先行词构成从属关系,在句中作定语。
This is the scientist whose name is known all over the country.这就是那位闻名全国的科学家。
Nobody wants the house whose roof has fallen in.
没有人要这个屋顶已坍塌了的房子。
(4) which只指物,不指人,可作主语或宾语。作宾语可省略。
Guilin is a city which has a history of 2,000 years.
桂林是座有2 000年历史的城市。
The young man was very happy to get back the gold ring (which) he had lost on the train.
那个年轻人领回了在火车上丢失的金戒指,非常高兴。
(5)that既指人,又指物,在从句中作主语或宾语。作宾语时常可省略。
There is a film (that) I’d like to see.
有一部电影我想去看。
She is the only one among us that knows French.
她是我们当中唯一懂法语的人。
2.which与that的用法区别
that和which都是关系代词,都可在从句中作主语或宾语,但两者存在着不同:
We should do everything that is useful to the people.
我们应该做一切有益于人民的事。
When we talk about Hangzhou,the first that comes into our mind is the West Lake.
我们谈论杭州时,首先想到的是西湖。
This is the smallest computer that can be found in the world now.
这是目前发现的世界上最小的计算机。
No news that he tells us is good.
他告诉我们的消息没有一个好的。
This is the first play that I have seen since I came here.
这是我来到这里以后所看的第一部戏剧。
The only thing that matters is the baby’s health.
唯一重要的是这个婴儿的健康。
Which is the hotel that he stayed at last night?他昨晚住的是哪家旅馆?
专题训练
Ⅰ.用关系代词that,which,who,whom,whose填空
1.The film ___________ you are looking forward to seeing will be on tomorrow.
2.Is there anything ________ you want to buy?
3.The girl ________ hair is golden is from England.which/thatthatwhose4.The man ____________ I saw told me to come here.
5.He asked about the factories and workers ________ we had just visited.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.哪辆是你丢的自行车?
Which is the bike________________ lost.
who/whomthatthat you2.回答问题的那个孩子是约翰。
______________________________________was John.
3.你借给我的那本书很有意思。
___________________________________ was interesting.
4.感谢你给我的帮助。
Thank you for the help _________________________________.The child who answered the questionThe book that/ which you lent methat/which you have given me5.你可以带走你喜欢的任何一本书。
You may take __________________________.
Ⅲ.单项填空
1.This is one of the best films ________ this year.
A.they have been shownany book that you likeB.that has been shown
C.that have been shown
D.which have been shown
解析:选C。考查定语从句。先行词用one of修饰,引导词用that,并且one of前无限定词,所以从句用谓语动词have。
2.I’ve come across an old photograph of my grandfather ________ was taken in Monte Carlo.
A.which B.who
C.whom D.whose
解析:选A。先行词是指物的“an old photograph of my grandfather”且关系词在从句中作主语,故只能用which。
3.This is the strangest thing ________ I have ever heard of.
A./ B.which
C.what D.when
解析:选A。先行词被最高级修饰时,应用that引导定语从句,因that在从句中作宾语,故可省略。
4.Tom is good at maths,so I think he is the student ________ can help you to work out this problem.
A.whom B.who
C.which D.what
解析:选B。先行词the student指人,定语从句中缺主语,因此应用who引导定语从句。
5.This girl is familiar to me;maybe she is the girl ________ I met in the street yesterday.
A.whom B.which
C.as D.what
解析:选A。先行词为the girl指人,且在从句中作宾语。
6.This is the boy without ________ help I couldn’t have passed that difficult exam.
A.who B.whom
C.whose D.that
解析:选C。句意:这就是没有他的帮助我就考试不及格的男孩。help与the boy构成所属关系。
7.I’m not sure whether this is the book ________ my brother read the year before last.
A.whose B.as
C.what D.which
解析:选D。先行词the book指物,定语从句中缺少宾语,因此应填which引导定语从句。关系代词引导限制性定语从句时,仅用于the same...as...,such...as...等句型中。
8.I’m sorry that I don’t know much about American films,because this is the first American film ________ I have ever seen.
A.which B.that
C.what D.as
?解析:选B。先行词American film前面有序数词the first修饰,因此只能用that引导定语从句。
9.Some great people said it was their primary school teachers and their lessons ________ they were fond of ________ influenced their whole lives.
A.which;that B.that;which
C.which;which D.that;that
解析:选D。第一空考查定语从句的引导词。因先行词中既含有人又含有物,所以用that。第二空用that构成It was...that...强调句型。
10.All ________ can be eaten has been eaten up.
A.which B.what
C.that D./
解析:选C。句意:所有能吃的东西都已被吃光了。分析句子成分可知all为主语,________can be eaten为定语从句,在此定语从句中关系词作主语,先行词为all时,定语从句由关系词that引导,且不可省略,故C项正确。
评价一首歌曲或乐曲
写作要求
欣赏约翰·丹佛尔(John Denver)演唱的有名的乡村歌曲“乡村路,带我回家”(Take Me Home,Country Road),并简单地评价一下这首歌曲。Almost heaven,West Virginia
Blue Ridge Mountains,Shenandoah River
Life is old there,older than the trees
Younger than the mountains
Blowing like a breeze
(CHORUS)
Country roads,take me home
To the place,I belong
West Virginia,Mountain Mama
Take me home,country roads
All my memories,gather round her
Miners lady,stranger to blue water
Dark and dusty,painted on the sky
Misty taste of moonshine
Tear drops in my eyes
I hear her voice in the morning hours she calls me
The radio reminds me of my home far away
And driving down the road I get a feeling
That I should have been home yesterday,yesterday
审题谋篇
(1)审题构思
此篇书面表达是写一篇对一首歌曲或乐曲的评论,根据文章提示,时态为一般现在时态,人称为第一人称。
(2)篇章结构
引题→赞美→评价
(3)内容要点
1.点出自己喜欢的歌曲;
2.自己喜欢的原因;
3.对这首歌的简单评价。
写作要点
1.这首歌主要描绘了歌手的感情和对家乡的爱。
①It mainly ____________ the singer’s feeling and ____________ his home.describeshis love for②It mainly ____________ the singer’s feeling and ________________ his hometown.
2.这首歌的主题就是表达对家乡的热爱。
①______________ the song is _______________________________ home.
②________________ the song is ______________________ his home.
expresseshis affection forto express one’s love for hisThe theme ofThe topic ofto show one’s love for3.当我远离家乡的时候我就会听这首歌因为她让我想起了我可爱的家乡。
①I’d like to ____________ this song when I’m away from home because it ________________ my lovely hometown.
②I’d love to ________ this song when I’m far from hometown because it ________ my lovely hometown to mind.
listen toreminds me ofenjoybrings佳作欣赏
I think the song is really wonderful and moving.It mainly describes the singer’s feeling and his love for his home.In the lyrics,words such as “country roads,take me home”,“ tear drops in my eye”,“The radio reminds me of my home far away” and “I get a feeling that I should have been home yesterday” are used to express the singer’s feeling. The theme of the song is to express one’s love for his home.The style of the music is simple.I’d like to listen to this song when I’m
away from home because it reminds me of my lovely hometown.
名师点津
【美文点津】
1.本篇范文文章简洁明了,表述合理。
2.文章合理运用了remind sb.of sth.,express one’s love for等高级词汇的使用,都使得文章增色很多。
【类文点津】
评价一首歌(乐)曲时要注意以下几点:
1.通常先对该曲进行整体的介绍,如词曲作
者、演唱者、该曲的创作背景等。
2.对该曲的感情基调及节奏进行描写,或欢快、或悲伤或舒缓或激昂。总之,对其表现风格要进行介绍。
3.对其中的精彩之处进行呈现并加以阐释,说明该精华部分的妙处所在。
4.最后总体评价该曲,表达该曲带给人的感受及影响。
单元盘点
词语串串练
During our lifetime,there’re many horrible and painful moments.They’re testing the limits of our soul from time to time,which always makes us at a loss.Fortunately,music is always around us,just like a close friend.With ①notes bounding,a ②broken heart can recover gradually,then we are calm and let the ③sunshine in.
For many people,music just is a sound made by an instrument or a singer.④Actually,it is not only a simple sound,but also an necessary part of our life.When we’re suffering the feeling of loneliness,music can bring us happiness.When we are in ⑤sorrow,music can drive dark away from our heart.Because of this,an old song when played again,would remind us of the original memory of it. Naturally,music can be described as a ⑥ wonder which gives us a lot.
Musically speaking,music itself is a kind of beauty.A steady ⑦tune is a beauty of green forest shrouded in mist on the early morning,⑧misty but full of liveliness.With the beauty,we can live a ⑨poetic life.So,from now on,make full use of the powerful music and you’ll gain a lot.
在我们的一生中,有许多糟糕的,令我们疼痛的瞬间。它们一次又一次考验我们灵魂的底线,让我们茫然失措。
幸运的是,音乐恰似一
位亲近的朋友,总能陪
伴在我们的身边。随着
音符的跳动,受伤的心
灵便逐渐愈合,随即我
们也就平静下来,阳光洒满心房。
对于许多人来说,音乐只是由一种乐器或歌手发出的声音。事实上,音乐不仅仅是一个简单的声音,更是我们生活中必不可少的一部分。当我们感到孤独时,音乐给我们带来快乐。当我们忧伤时,音乐为我们驱走心灵的黑暗。正因如此,当一首老歌被再次播放时,它总能唤起我们对它最初的记忆。自然而然的音乐就被称作一种赋予我们很多的奇迹。
从音乐的角度来说,音乐本身就是一种美。一个舒缓的曲子是清晨薄雾笼罩下绿林的那种美,朦胧但富有生机。在这种美的陪伴下,我们过着诗意般的生活。所以,从现在起,充分利用这强有力的音乐,你会收获颇多。
高考对对碰
链接一 as if
(教材原句P34) David crossed the room and felt sweat on his forehead,but he took the violin from the wall as calmly as if he were a welcome visitor.[高考例证]
( 2011·高考湖南卷)Jack wasn’t saying anything,but the teacher smiled at him ________ he had done something very clever.
A as if B.in case
C.while D.though
你做对了吗?
选A。考查状语从句。as if意为“似乎,好像”,引导方式状语从句。句意:Jack什么也没说,但老师向他笑了笑,好像他做了件聪明的事情一样。
链接二 remind...of...
(教材原句P42) The radio reminds me of my home far away.[高考例证]
(2011·高考大纲全国卷)Mary,I ________ John of his promise to help you.
A.told
B.reminded
C.warned
D.advised 选B。考查动词词义辨析及其搭配。根据of的提示,首先排除A和D;remind sb.of sth.表示“提醒某人某事”;warn sb.of sth.表示“告诫某人某事”。句意:玛丽,我提醒了约翰他要帮助你的承诺。根据句意可知选择B。链接三 why 引导表语从句
(教材原句P43) Musically speaking,country music has a simple style and is relaxing to listen to;this is why it is so popular.
[高考例证]
(2011·高考山东卷) I’m afraid he’s more of a talker than a doer,which is ________ he never finishes anything.
A.that B.when
C.where D.why,
选D。考查表语从句。句意:我恐怕与其说他是一个实践家不如说他是一个空谈家,这就是他一事无成的原因。本文“which is...”引导的一个非限制性定语从句中有一个表语从句,根据句意用“why”引导。
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件9张PPT。Unit 3 Powerful Music教材背景链接
一项科学研究表明,演奏乐器等音乐训练能有效提高人脑处理语言的能力。这一发现将有助于帮助患有诵读困难的儿童提高阅读能力。
?Playing musical instruments
may improve reading
Playing an instrument may help youngsters better process speech in noisy classrooms and more accurately interpret the small differences of language that are conveyed by subtle changes in the human voice,says Professor Nina Kraus at Northwestern University.
“School districts which are short of money are making a mistake when they cut music from the compulsory education curriculum,”says Kraus.
Researchers in the Kraus lab provided the first concrete evidence that playing a musical instrument significantly increases the brainstem’s (脑干) sensitivity to speech sounds. The findings are consistent with other studies they have conducted,showing that anomalies (异常) in brainstem sound in some children with learning disabilities can be improved with auditory training.
They previously found that the ability of the nervous system to use auditory patterns connects with reading ability and the ability
to hear speech in noise.Now they have discovered that the effectiveness of the nervous system to use sound patterns is linked to musical ability.
Studies in Kraus’ laboratory indicate that music affects automatic processing that occurs early in the processing stream.“The brainstem,an evolutionarily ancient part of the brain,
is modified (调整) by our experience with sound,” says Kraus.“Now we know that music can fundamentally
shape our sensory(感官的)
system in ways that may
enhance everyday tasks,
including reading and listening in noise.”
新课导入
?音乐教育并不是音乐家的教育,而首先是人的教育。
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件17张PPT。SectionⅠ Getting Ready, Reading & Comprehending—Warming Up
??Step One:Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1.___________ vt. 祝福
2.________________ n. 杰出;优秀
3.____________ n. 主题;主旨
4._________________adj. 成熟的
5.__________ vt. 引导;指引blessexcellencethememature guide6._______________ n. 行为;品行
7.______________vi. 逃跑;逃脱
8.______________ n. 制作人;制片人
9._____________adj. 值得纪念的;难忘的
10.___________vi. 吸引;引起兴趣
11.______________n. 背景
12.____________ adj. 极好的;一流的
13.___________ adv. 好像;表面上;显然
behaviourescape producermemorable appeal background superbapparently14.____________ adj. 明显的
15._______________ adj. 令人难忘的
16.__________ adj. 顽皮的;淘气的
17.______________vt. 视为相等/相同
18._______________ adj. 浪漫的
19.______________n. 神秘obviousunforgettablenaughtyidentify romanticmystery Ⅱ. 重点短语
1.________ sb. 对……而言;至于……
2.Weave__________... 根据……而写成
3.Take_____... 喜欢……;开始从事于……
4.identify oneself_______... 把自己与……等同;和……打成一片
5._______a great interest 引起了极大的兴趣
6.Escape________... 从……中逃脱foraroundtowithhold from7.Appeal______... 吸引……
8.be in keeping________... 与……一致;与……协调
9.bring _______使显出;使明白表示出来
10.put __________使被理解;使被接受
towithoutacross ?Step Two:Fast Reading
Scan the text and then choose the best answers according to the text.
1.How many characters are there in the film The Sound of Music according to the passage?( )
A.10. B.7.
C.11. D.9.
D2.The romantic love grows between ________in the film.
A.the father and the governess
B.one of the boys of the captain and Maria
C.Maria and another boy in another family
D.one girl of the captain and one boy in the neighbourhoodA3.How many points does the author think other producers should learn? ( )
A.6. B.4. C.5. D.7.
4.Because the heroine is________,the children in the film like her.( )
A.strict
B.rich and charming
C.young and mature
D.knowledgeable
CC5.Which of the following is NOT clearly shown in the film?( )
A.human feelings.
B.human emotions.
C.human doubts.
D.human nature.
D?Step Three: Careful Reading
Read the text and answer the following questions.
1. What does the writer think of The Sound of Music?
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________答案:The writer thinks there has been no other film to match its excellence.2. What does the film The Sound of Music mainly tell of?
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________答案:This film tells a story about seven children, their governess, Maria and their strict father. Maria brings music and joy back to the family. She not only makes friends with seven children , but also she and their father love each other.3. In which way does the feature(特色) of the film The Sound of Music reflect?
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________答案:The music, the photography, the colour, the scenes, the background and the acting.?Step Four: Consolidation
My Favourite Film
My favourite film is The Sound of Music which won five Oscar1._________.For me, there has been no other film to 2._________ its excellence.
Everything about the film is enjoyable. Woven around a very simple3.__________ ,it tells a story about seven naughty children, awardsmatchthemeMaria, and their father. The children 4._______ to Maria, for she is5.
__________ enough to guide their
6.__________________.
The film is the type of film which more producers should try to learn from. It is light, tuneful, and7. ____________,and
it8.____________ to both the young and the old. The scenes and background are very
takemature behaviour memorableappealsmuch in keeping with the story and the9._________ is wonderful. The story is apparently common but very educational.It is10. __________that the film is unforgettable.
?Step Five:Discussion
Which film do you like best? Why do you love this film?
________________________________________effectobvious本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件71张PPT。SectionⅡ Getting Ready,Reading & Comprehending—Language Study词汇精研
1award n. 奖;奖品
(教材原句)It is a very old film which won five Oscar awards.
它是一部得了五项奥斯卡奖的老影片。归纳拓展
award sb. sth. =award sth. to sb.授予某人某物;把某物颁发给某人
win/get/receive an award for...因……而获奖
win the first award获得一等奖①Medals were awarded to the best speakers on the debating team.奖章授给了辩论队中的最佳演说者。
②He worked very hard and eventually won the award.
他工作很努力,最终获奖了。
[易混辨析] award/reward
?award,
vt.授予,颁发,判给
be awarded for...因……而受奖
n.奖品,赠品,与prize (奖金)近义
reward,
vt.报答,酬谢,可以用于比喻意义reward sb. with sth.用……酬谢某人
n.赏金,酬金,回报2match v.相称;比得上;相一致, 较量
n.对手, 火柴, 比赛, 般配的人
(教材原句)But for me, there has been no other film to match its excellence. 对我而言,没有别的电影可以与之相比。
归纳拓展
match sth. to/with sth. 使……与……相配/相符①Her clothes don’t match her age. 她的衣服和年龄不配。
②No one can match her in knowledge of classical music.
在关于古典音乐的知识方面没人能和她相匹敌。
③It is believed that our team will win that match.
人们相信我们队将会赢得那场比赛的胜利。
[易混辨析] match/fit/suit
match,用作及物或不及物动词,表品质、颜色、设计等方面匹配,即表示“与……相配,和……一致”。
fit,既可用作及物动词也可用作不及物动词,多指衣物等尺寸、大小“合适,合身”。
suit,表示“适合”,强调衣服的颜色、式样、质地等适合某人,也指“合乎需要、口味、性格、条件和地位”等。
巧学活用
1-1选词填空 (reward/award)
(1)He won the ____________for the best student of the year.
(2)He received a medal as a ____________for his courage.
(3)How can I ____________your kindness?awardrewardreward1-2单项填空
Last year their university was________10, 000 dollars for developing more effective ways of teaching and learning.
A.sent B.supplied
C.included D.awarded
解析:选D。award sb. for...表示“因……奖励某人”;supply sb. with...给某人提供……。
2-1选词填空 (match/suit/fit)
(1)Your tie __________ your suit well.
(2) The afterschool programme ________ the needs of most of the children.
(3)Not every shoe ________ every foot.
matchessuitsfits2-2单项填空
Her shoes________her dress;they look very well together.
A.suit B.fit
C.compare D.match
解析:选D。句意:她的鞋和她的裙子很匹配,搭配得很好。本题考查一组近义词辨析。suit是指颜色、
花样或款式等相配;fit是大小、尺寸等正合适;
compare比较;match指两个东西相称、匹配。
3-1 用take 短语完成下列句子
(1)The firm has been ____________by an American company.
(2)After being rebuilt, the old temple has ____________ a new look.
(3)Mary ____________ her new teacher the first time they met.
(4)Meetings and phonecalls ____________ a large part of the day.taken overtaken ontook totake up(5)The students find it easy to ____________what you teach.
3take to 喜欢...;开始从事于...
(教材原句)The children take to her and they become great friends, for she is young enough to enjoy their fun and she is also mature enough to guide their behaviour. 孩子们喜欢上了她,并与她成了极好的朋友。因为一方面,她很年轻,能与孩子们同喜同乐;另一方面,她的成熟足以引导孩子们的行为。
take in归纳拓展
①He took to studying English 5 years ago.
他五年前开始学英语。
②He had studied Japanese for a year and a half before he took up English.他开始学习英语之前已经学了一年半日语了。
4escape v. 逃跑;逃脱;避开(注意等);n. 逃脱;逃避(教材原句)Boys,for whom guns hold a great interest,like the mystery in the war that the family escapes from. 至于那些对枪怀有极大兴趣的男孩们,他们喜欢电影中这一家人所逃脱的那场战争所带来的神秘色彩。
归纳拓展
1) escape from... 从……逃跑
escape +n./doing sth. 逃避做某事
one’s name escape sb. 想不起某人的名字
2) make one’s escape 逃跑
a narrow escape 幸免于难;侥幸逃脱;九死一生
①They managed to escape from the burning building by breaking down the door. 他们砸开了门,设法从失火的楼里逃了出来。
②He was lucky to escape punishment/ being punished.
他逃脱惩罚真是幸运。
③I am terribly sorry that your name escapes me for the moment.
我非常抱歉一时想不起你的名字了。
5appeal vi. 吸引;引起兴趣;求助,呼吁n.吸引力,魅力;恳求
(教材原句)It is light,tuneful,and memorable,and it appeals to both the young and the old.
影片中那轻快的、悦耳的、令人难忘的音乐使男女老少都陶醉。归纳拓展
1) sth. appeal to sb.(对某人)有吸引力; (使某人)感兴趣
sb. appeal (to sb. )for sth./to do sth. 恳求/呼吁某人某事
2) make an appeal for help 恳求某人帮助
①He appealed to me for help. 他向我求援。
②The police appealed to the crowd not to panic.
警方向群众呼吁不要惊慌。
③Do these paintings appeal to you? 你对这些画感兴趣吗?
3-2单项填空
I don’t want to learn to play the piano. For one thing,playing the piano________much time;for another,the piano also________much room.
A.takes to;takes up
B.takes up;takes up
C.takes up;takes on
D.takes on;takes to解析:选B。take up“占据(时间、空间等)”,符合题意。take on“呈现”; take to 喜欢……;开始从事于……。
4-1单句改错
(1) My deskmate narrowly escaped hurt in the car accident.
________________________
在escaped后加上being(2) The thief made his escaping by jumping into a passing car.
________________________
4-2翻译句子
一个囚犯今天早晨越狱逃跑了。
______________________________________escaping →escapeA prisoner escaped from prison this morning.4-3单项填空
The boy managed to________the burning house;but he couldn’t________punishment because the fire was caused by his playing with matches.
A.escape from;escape
B.escape;escape
C.escape;escape from
D.escape from;escape from解析:选A。“从……逃脱”,用escape from;当“避免”讲时,escape为及物动词,escape punishment“逃脱惩罚”。
5-1完成句子
(1)她恳求我们与她同行。
She____________us________go with her.
(2)这部电影吸引了很多年轻人。
The film ____________many young people.
appealed to toappealed to5-2单项填空
The good thing about children is that they ______ very easily to new environments.
A.adapt B.appeal
C.attach D.apply
解析:选A。句意:对于孩子们来说,好的事情是他们很容易适应新的环境。adapt适应;appeal请求,呼吁,上诉;attach缚上,系上,贴上;apply申请,应用。
6scene n. 场景;布景
(教材原句)The scenes and background are very much in keeping with the story and the effect is wonderful.
镜头和背景与故事非常协调,效果极佳。
①The scene of this play is set in Ireland.
这出戏的场景是在爱尔兰。
②The boats in the harbour make a beautiful scene.
港湾中的船只构成了美丽的景象。
[易混辨析] view/scene/scenery/sight
view 指从某个位置或角度所看的的景色,view还可以表示“观点”。
scene 指展现在眼前的情景,也可以指scenery的一部分,大多包括景物中的人及活动。还可指场景、布景。
scenery 指某地总的自然风景或景色,尤指美丽的乡间景色。sight 既可以指场景、眼前看到的景观,又可以指名胜、风景。只是在表示后者的含义时,必须要用复数。它与view,scenery最大的区别就在于当sight指景观时,多指某地特有的名胜。
7effect n. 结果;影响;效果
(教材原句)The scenes and background are very much in keeping with the story and the effect is wonderful.
镜头和背景与故事非常协调,效果极佳。
归纳拓展
1)have an effect on... 对……有影响
put/bring sth. into effect 实施,实行;使生效
come into effect (法律、规则或制度)生效;实施
2) effective adj. 有效的;醒目的
①Alcoholic drink can have a bad effect on your body.
含酒精的饮料会对你身体有很坏的影响。
②The new system will soon be put into effect.
新系统即将启用。
[易混辨析] affect/effect
affect 只用作动词,指“产生的影响之大足以引起反应”,着重“影响”的动作,常含有“对……产生不利影响”的意思。
effect 通常用作名词,构成have an effect on... “对……有影响”。
8bring out 使显出;使明白表示出来;出版;生产
(教材原句)The acting is superb, as every feeling is brought out fully.
演员演技一流,把各种情感都表现得淋漓尽致。
归纳拓展
6-1选词填空(scene/scenery/ sight/view)
(1)我们游览了伦敦的名胜古迹。
We have seen the historical ________ of London.
(2)从山顶上你会清楚地看到城镇的全景。
You’ll get a fine ________ of the town from the top of the hill.
sightsview(3)地震后的场景十分可怕。
The ________ after the earthquake was horrible.
(4)坐船游览长江三峡的时候,两岸的风景美不胜收。
The __________ as one travels by boat along the Changjiang Three Gorges is marvellous.
scenescenery6-2单项填空
One of the advantages of living on the top floor of a high rise is that you can get a good________.
A.sight B.scene
C.view D.look
解析:选C。句意:住在高层的优势是你能看到好的景色。view往往指“由高处往下俯瞰的景色”。
7-1完成句子
(1)惩罚对他没有什么效果。
Punishment_______________________him.
(2)新的税率从四月起生效。
The new tax rates will _____________________from Ap6ril.
had very little effect oncome into effect7-2单项填空
The drug did not ________his health. In fact, it seemed to have no ________at all.
A.effect;effect B.effect;affect
C.affect;effect D.affect;affect
解析:选C。句意:这药对他的健康没有作用,事实上,似乎一点效果都没有。前面空白处需要填动词作谓语,后面空白处需要填名词作宾语。
8-1用bring短语完成句子
(1)His father died when he was young, and he was ________________by his mother.
(2)Please________________the book tomorrow.
(3)He does odd jobs that________________about 30 a week.
(4)Difficulties can ________________a person’s best qualities. brought upbring backbring him inbring out①I want to bring out the meaning of the poem.
我想讲一下这首诗的意义。
②This picture is very clear and brings out the wrinkles in her face. 这幅照片很清晰,把她脸上的皱纹都显露出来了。
9put across 使被理解;使被接受
(教材原句)The story is apparently common and it does not try to put across any moral values, but the real effect is very educational.
片中的故事显然是普通的,它并不想极力说服人们接受任何道德观,但最终的效果却是很有教育意义的。归纳拓展
put out 扑灭
put off 延期;推迟
put down 写下;放下;镇压
put aside 放在一边;搁置;储蓄
put away 收拾起来(放好);储蓄
put on 穿戴上;上演;(体重等)增加
put up 举起;建造;(为某人)提供膳宿;张贴
①The worker puts his argument across very effectively.
那位工人非常清楚有力地表达了自己的观点。
②Put down your name and address and we’ll send you a free copy of the magazine.
写下您的姓名和地址,我们会给您寄去一份免费杂志。
10doubt n. 疑惑;怀疑
(教材原句)Human feelings, emotions and doubts are clearly shown.
人类的情感和疑虑都清楚地表现了出来。
归纳拓展
1) There is no doubt that/about...毫无疑问……
without doubt 无疑的;确定的
2) I don’t doubt that... 我确信/不怀疑……
I doubt if/whether... 我怀疑(是否)……
①I have no doubt that you will succeed.我肯定你能成功。
②I don’t doubt that he’ll come.我确信他会来。
③I doubt whether he’ll come.我不敢肯定他来不来。
【注意】doubt 作动词后接宾语从句,在否定句和疑问句中,后跟that引导的宾语从句;在肯定句中,接whether或if引导的从句。doubt作名词,后跟同位语从句,doubt用在否定句中,后面接that引导的同位语从句;doubt用在肯定句中,后接whether引导的同位语从句。
8-2单项填空
The Internet has brought ________big changes in the way we work.
A.about B.out
C.back D.up
解析:选A。句意:互联网给我们的工作方式带来了很大的变化。bring about带来,使……发生;bring out拿出来;bring back带回;bring up抚养,提出。
9-1完成句子
(1)真是一本好书,我爱不释手。
It’s a great book,I couldn’t ____________.
(2)他们在火堆旁搭起了一个帐篷。
They ____________ a tent by the fire.
(3)今日事今日毕。
Never ____________ till tomorrow what you can do today.put it downput upput off(4)他把书放在一边,开始听我讲话。
He ____________ his book and began to listen to me.
9-2单项填空
It was dark;we decided to ________for the night at a farmhouse.
A.put away B.put down
C.put up D.put across
put aside解析:选C。句意:天黑了,我们决定在一家农舍投宿。put away把某物收好;put down 记下,镇压;put up 住宿;put across 使被理解;使被接受。
10-1完成句子
(1)毫无疑问是噪音惊扰了她。
________________________ she is disturbed by the noise.There is no doubt that(2)你可以抱怨,但我看未必有用。
You can complain, but __________ it’ll make any difference.
(3)你怀疑他会赢得这场比赛吗?
_____________________ he will win the game?
(4)毫无疑问萨利是学校最优秀的游泳者之一。
Sally was ______________ one of the finest swimmers in the school.
I doubt ifDo you doubt thatwithout doubt10-2单项填空
There is no doubt ________health is more important than wealth.
A.that B.when
C.why D.whether
解析:选A。doubt作名词,后跟同位语从句,doubt用在否定句中,后面接that引导的同位语从句;doubt用在肯定句中,后面接whether引导的同位语从句。句意:毫无疑问,健康比财富更重要。
句型巧析
1(教材原句)The children take to her and they become great friends, for she is young enough to enjoy their fun and she is also mature enough to guide their behaviour. 孩子们喜欢上了她,并与她成了极好的朋友。因为一方面,她很年轻,能与孩子们同喜同乐;另一方面,她的成熟足以引导孩子们的行为。[句法分析] 本句为“adj./adv.+ enough to do...”句型,意为:足够……可以做……。该句式中enough为副词,表示“十分地,足够地”置于被修饰的形容词或副词之后,在句中作状语表示程度。enough还可与介词for连用,构成adj./adv.+ enough+ for sb./sth.句型,表示“足够……”。
①He is old enough to go to school.他不小了,可以去上学了。
②He ran fast enough to catch the thief.
他跑得非常快,抓住了那个小偷。
③Is it warm enough for you? 你觉得够暖和吗?归纳拓展
1)enough用作形容词修饰名词时,可置其前或其后。常见搭配:
n.+ enough /enough+ n. +to do sth.
enough+ n.+for sb. (to do sth.)
2)主语+cannot/ can never do+ enough... “再……也不过分;越……越……”
④There was enough food for all (to eat).
所有人都有足够的食物。
⑤There’ll be time enough to relax when you’ve finished your work. 你完成工作后将会有足够的时间来放松。
⑥I cannot thank you enough.
我对你感激不尽。(我怎么感激你都不算过分)。
2(教材原句)It is obvious that the film is everybody’s idea of entertainment and the whole film is very enjoyable and unforgettable. 显而易见,这部影片是人人理想中的娱乐片,整部影片都是那么的令人愉快和难忘。
[句法分析] “It is +形容词 +that... 从句”是常用句型,该句型中it是形式主语,that从句是真正的主语。常用的形容词有:obvious,true,good,possible,likely,clear等。
①It is obvious that he is a brave man.
很显然他是一个很勇敢的人。
②It’s true that the manager’s daughter was injured in the accident.
经理的女儿在事故中受了伤,这是真的。
归纳拓展
It作形式主语的常用句式:
1)It be+过去分词(said, supposed, reported, (well)known, believed,...)+that...
2)It +不及物动词+that...
It seems/appears that... 看起来……
It happens that... 碰巧……3)It be+名词短语+that...
It is a pity that... 遗憾的是……
It is a fact that... 事实是……
It is no wonder that...=No wonder(that)... ……不足为奇
It is a wonder that... ……真是个奇迹
③It was reported that he had won the game.
据报道他赢得了比赛。
④It is well known that anyone who wins a prize should treat us to a good dinner.
中奖的人要请我们美餐一顿这是众所周知的。
⑤It seems that it is going to rain.看起来要下雨了。
巧学活用
1-1翻译句子
(1)这个收音机小得可放在你口袋里。
________________________________________________________________________
(2)我不能走到跟前看究竟发生了什么事。
________________________________________________________________________
The radio is small enough to put in your pocket. I couldn’t get close enough to see what was happening.1-2单项填空
When she sings Carol’s voice must be loud enough ________by four thousand people.
A.to hear B.heard
C.having heard D.being heard
解析:选A。考查形容词或副词+enough to do...句型。句意:当Carol唱歌的时候,她的嗓音必须高到让4000位观众听到的程度。不定式在该句式中常用主动的形式表示被动的含义。
名师微博 在adj./adv.+enough to do句型中,不定式一般用主动的形式表示被动的含义。
2-1完成句子
(1)我们有必要至少掌握一门外语。
____________________ we should master at least a foreign language.
(2)据报道,双方的会谈有进展。
____________________ the talks between the two sides are making progress.
It is necessary thatIt is reported that2-2单项填空
It is obvious to the students ______they should get well prepared for their future.
A.as B.which
C.whether D.that
解析:选D。考查名词性从句中的主语从句用法。此处要分析句子结构,看出it为形式主语,代替that they should get well prepared for their future,并且本句意思完整,故选D。
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件44张PPT。Section Ⅲ Language Focus,Listening and Speaking,
Writing & Further Reading?Step One : Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1.__________ vt. 使震动,震惊
2.________________ n. 感激
3.___________ vt. 给……以荣誉
4.__________ n. 资料;数据shockappreciationhonourdata5._______________ vi. 分居
6.__________ adj. 年长的
7.___________ n. 角色
8.star vi. ________ n. _________
9.earn vt. ________________
10.undoubtedly adv. _________________
11.natural adj___________
12.respect vt. ____________________
separateelderrole主演明星获得;挣得确实地;无疑地. 生来的尊敬;敬重13.cast vi. ____________________
14.peak n. ________________
Ⅱ.重点短语
1._______ search of... 寻找……;寻求……
2.take/play a role________... 在……中扮演角色
3.be off_________... 到……去
投;掷;抛顶点;顶峰inin/onto?Step Two: Fast Reading
Ⅰ.Scan the text Tom Hanks and then choose the best answers according to the text.
1.________films have been mentioned in the passage.
A.Three B.Four
C.Five D.Six
C2.The film ________won him the greatest fame.
A.Forrest Gump
B.Cast Away
C.Philadelphia
D.Big
D3.What role did Hanks play in “Saving Private Ryan”?( )
A.An army captain.
B.A soldier.
C.The slow-witted but lucky Forrest Gump.
D.A general.A4.Which of the following is NOT true? ( )
A.After his parents’ separation,Hanks went with his father.
B.Hanks stayed at many places long and made many good friends.
C.Hanks went to New York City to try to become a star.
D.Hanks is also very popular in China.
BⅡ. Read the text Tom Hanks and fill in the blanks.
Hanks was born in 1956, California. When his parents1.____________he and his two2.__________ brothers went with their dad. Their father travelled a lot
in3.____________ of work. In high school, he took4.________ in school theatre plays and soon loved acting.separated,eldersearchrolesAfter he left school, he was5.____ to New York. Hanks appeared in many of the 1980s most famous6. ______________,which kept his career going. He reached a7.________ in 1990 with Big. In 1998, he8.__________ as an army captain in Saving Private Ryan.
Hanks is undoubtedly one of Hollywood’s finest actors. He has a9.____________ charm that the audience love and 10.___________.It is no wonder that Cast Away earned him nominations once again.
offcomediespeakstarrednatural respect词汇精研
1 shock vt. 使震动;震惊;n. 打击;震惊;休克
归纳拓展
1) be shocked at/ by 对……感到震惊
be shocked to do sth. 做某事感到震惊
be shocked that... 对……感到震惊
2) shocked adj. 感到震惊的
shocking adj. 令人震惊的
①They were shocked by her rudeness.
他们对她的无礼感到震惊。
②The news of his death was a shock to us.
他去世的消息令我们震惊。
2appreciation n. 感激
(教材原句)I’d like to express my gratitude/ appreciation for your kindness. 对你的好意我表示感谢。
归纳拓展
appreciate v. 鉴赏;感激;意识到
appreciate sth./sb. 欣赏某物/人;感谢某事/人
appreciate (one’s) doing sth. 感激(某人)做某事
I would appreciate it if...
假如……我将不胜感激①She showed an appreciation of my help.
她感谢我的帮助。
②We appreciate your efforts for the development of the company.我们感激你对公司发展所作的努力。
③We greatly appreciate your timely help.
我们非常感谢你们及时的帮助。
3separate v.分开, 分居, 脱离;
adj.分开的, 单独的, 各自的
(教材原句)When his parents separated,he and his two elder brothers went with their dad.
当父母分居后,他和他的两个哥哥跟着父亲居住。
①The war separated many families.
战争使许多家庭妻离子散。
②This word has three separate meanings.
这个词有三个不同的意思。
[易混辨析] divide/separate
divide 强调把整体分成若干份,多与into搭配。
separate 指把统一的、结合的东西分开,多与from搭配,另外separate还表示“分手,分开”。
助记
巧学活用
1-1完成句子
(1)他突然死亡使我们大为震惊。
We ______________________ his sudden death.
(2)见到邻居如此对待他们的孩子,我感到吃惊。
I _____________________ how my neighbours treated their children.were shocked by/atwas shocked to see(3)简直太不可思议了,他居然连做公民的义务都不懂。
It is ______________ that he has never been made to realize his duties as a citizen.
1-2单项填空
I was________to find a 77, C-plus, on my paper, for English was my best subject.
A.shocked B.worried
C.scared D.anxious
shocking解析:选A。句意:我的卷子上只有77分-C等,我感到非常诧异,因为英语是我最好的学科。shocked诧异的,震惊的,符号合语境。worried担忧的;scared害怕的;anxious担忧的。
?
2-1 完成句子
(1)我们感谢你们的帮助。
We appreciate _________________________.
(2)你把收音机的声音调小一点,我非常感激。
_____________________ you would turn the radio down.
your helping usI’d appreciate it if2-2单项填空
I would appreciate ________ back this afternoon so that we can reach an immediate decision.
A.you to call B.you call
C.your calling D.you’re calling
解析:选C。句意:为了我们能及时作出决定,你能下午给我回电话我将特别感激。appreciate后面要用动名词作宾语,C项为动名词的复合结构。
名师微博 当appreciate表示“感激”时,后面不接人作宾语。
3-1 选词填空(divide/separate )
(1)A fence at the back of garden __________ us from the neighbour.
(2)The river ____________ the city into two parts.
(3)They ____________ when they reached the crossroads.
separatesdividesseparated3-2单项填空
We________ the job ________five parts,and each man did one part.
A.divided;into
B.separated;into
C.divided;from
D.separated;from
解析:选A。divide...into...把 (整体)分成若干份。separate...from...把……和……分开。
4in search of 寻找;寻求
(教材原句)Their father travelled a lot in search of work. 为了找工作,父亲到处奔波。
归纳拓展
1) in one’s search for寻找;寻求
make a search of... 搜查……
2) search for sb./sth. 寻找/搜寻某人/某物
search sb/ sth (for sb./sth.) (为找到某人/物而)搜身/搜查某物
①They started off at once in search of the missing girl.他们立刻动身去寻找那个失踪的女孩。
②In order to find the book,he searched the whole house.为了找到这本书,他翻遍了全家。
5respect vt.&n. 尊敬;尊重;敬意
(教材原句)He has a natural charm that the audience love and respect.
他有一种天生的魅力让观众喜爱和尊重。
归纳拓展
1)respect sb.for... 因某事而尊重某人……
respect oneself自尊,自重
2)show/have respect for... 尊重……
win/ gain/earn the respect of sb. 赢得某人的尊敬
①We all should respect our parents and teachers.
我们都应该尊重我们的父母和老师。
②Mr. Smith always show respect for his children’s opinions.史密斯先生总是很尊重孩子们的意见。
③I deeply respect him for his courage.
我深深敬佩他的勇气。
6earn vt.获得;挣得
(教材原句)It is no wonder that Cast Away earned him nominations once again. 难怪《浩劫重生》使他再次获得提名。
归纳拓展
earn a fortune赚很多钱
earn one’s living(=make a living) 谋生
earning n. 工资;收入;薪水
①I think you should have a rest. You’ve certainly earned it.我想你该休息一下,这是你应得的。
②He earns nearly 30,000 yuan a year.
他每年挣将近30000元。
4-1 完成句子
(1)他们在森林中搜寻那个小男孩。
They ______________ the woods ________ the little boy.
(2)整个邻近地区的人都在找这个失踪的男孩。
The whole neighborhood was out ______________ the lost boy.
searched forsearching for4-2单项填空
My brother was against my suggestion while my sister was ________ it.
A.in honour of B.in search of
C.in favor of D.in charge of
解析:选C。句意:我哥哥反对我的建议而我姐姐却支持。in favor of赞同。in honour of纪念;in search of搜查,寻找; in charge of管理;负责。
?名师微博 search前有the,a,one’s时,后接介词for;in search of结构中search前不带任何限定词。
5-1完成句子
(1)学生们非常尊敬他们的历史老师。
The students ______________________ their history teacher.
(2)由于你为人正直, 我对你十分敬重。
I ________________ your honesty.
?
show great respect forrespect you for5-2单项填空
We ________ the old scientist ________ his contribution ________the country.
A.admire;for;to B.admire;at;to
C.respect;on;for D.respect;on;at
解析:选A。考查admire sb. for sth. 和contribution to sth. 的用法。前者表示“因某事而钦佩某人”。后者表示“对……的贡献”。而respect sb.for sth.因某事而尊重某人。
?名师微博 respects n.(正式)敬意,问候, give/send one’s respects to sb. 向某人问候。
6-1翻译句子
她靠什么谋生?
______________________________________How does she earn her living?6-2单项填空
His honesty ________ him great respect.
A.earned B.honored
C.intended D.settled
解析:选A。句意:他的诚实赢得了人们的尊敬。earn意为获得,挣得。根据句意,A项正确。
句型巧析
(教材原句)Hanks began appearing in many of the 1980s most famous comedies,which kept his career going. 后来,他开始在20世纪80年代的多部有名的戏剧中扮演角色,这使他的演艺生涯得以继续。
[句法分析] 本句中的kept his career going属于“keep+宾语+宾补”结构。其中his career是宾语,现在分词going是宾补,宾语与宾补之间是主动关系。
①Don’t keep me waiting for too long.别让我等太久。
归纳拓展
“keep+宾语+宾补”结构中充当宾补的还可以用形容词、副词、介词短语和过去分词。
②We should keep our classroom clean and tidy.
我们应该保持教室的干净和整洁。
③You’d better keep the child away from the fire.
你最好让孩子离炉火远一点儿。
④The bad weather keeps us inside the house.
坏天气使我们不能出门。
⑤Some students in the class keep their eyes closed.
班上一些同学闭着眼睛。巧学活用
1-1单项填空
(1)They use computers to keep the traffic ________smoothly.
A.being run B.run
C.to run D.running
解析:选D。句意:他们使用电脑以使交通顺畅运行。空白处是宾补,run的意思是“运行”,与宾语是主谓关系,故用其现在分词形式。(2)You’ll surely see your improvement if you keep your attention ________to the study.
A.paying B.paid
C.pays D.being paid
解析:选B。题干中的keep意为”使……保持(某一状态)”,又因为attention与pay之间是被动关系,所以用过去分词paid。本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件62张PPT。Section Ⅳ Grammar & Writing 品味语法讲解归纳
定语从句(Ⅱ)
一、关系副词when/where/why引导的定语从句
当定语从句所修饰的先行词在定语从句中在逻辑上用作状语(地点、时间、原因、方式)时,应使用关系副词或“介词+which”引导定语从句,并在定语从句中充当状语。常见的关系副词有when,where,why等。
1. when表示时间,引导的从句修饰时间名词,代替先行词在定语从句中作时间状语。
I’ll never forget the time when we worked on the farm.
我将永远不忘我们在农场共同工作的时光。
2.where表示地点,引导的从句修饰地点名词, where在从句中作地点状语。
The hotel where we stayed was very clean.
我们住的那个旅馆很干净。
3.why表示原因,引导的从句修饰名词reason,在从句中作原因状语。
The reason why he was late was that he missed his train.
他迟到的原因是错过了火车。
【注意】:reason后定语从句的引导词若在从句中作主语或宾语,则应用which或that。
The reason (which/that) he explained at the meeting was not sound.他在会议上解释的原因并不充分。
4.关系副词通常可以用“介词+which”替换。
Great changes are taking place in the city where/in which we live.我们生活的城市正发生着巨大的变化。
二、关系副词和关系代词的判断方法
方法一:用关系代词还是关系副词取决于从句中的谓语动词。如果是及物动词,就要用关系代词;如果是不及物动词,则要用关系副词。
This is the mountain village where I stayed last year.
这是我去年待过的山村。
The letter that/which I received yesterday was from my father.昨天我收到的那封信是我父亲寄来的。
方法二:准确判断关系词在定语从句中所作的成分(主、宾、定、状),也能正确选择出关系代词或关系副词。关系词在从句中作主语、定语、宾语时,应用关系代词(who,whom,that,which,whose);关系词在从句中作状语时,应用关系副词(where作地点状语,when作时间状语,why作原因状语)。I’ll never forget the days (that/which)I spent with my teacher.我永远也忘不了我同老师一起度过的日子。
I’ll never forget the days when I played with you.
我决不会忘记和你一起玩耍的日子。
The factory (that/which) we visited yesterday was built last year. 昨天我们参观的工厂是去年建成的。
The factory where he works was built last year.
他工作的那家工厂是去年建成的。
This is the reason (that/which) she gave me for doing it.
这是她讲给我做这件事的理由。
Do you know the reason why he came late?
你知道他迟到的原因吗?
三、“介词+which/whom”引导的定语从句
“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句,修饰物时用which而不用that,修饰人时用whom而不用who。
This is the room in which we lived last year.
这就是去年我们住过的房间。
This is the person from whom I borrowed the English novel.这就是借给我英文小说的那个人。
【注意】
(1)固定搭配中的介词不能提前。
Is this the book which she was looking for?
这就是她在找的书吗?
The babies whom the nurses are looking after are healthy.
护士们照料的婴儿很健康。
(2)“介词+which/whom”既可引导限制性定语从句,也可引导非限制性定语从句。
He took out a piece of paper, on which were written some words.他拿出一张纸条,上面写着几句话。
He has two daughters, one of whom works as a nurse.
他有两个女儿,其中一个是护士。
专题训练
Ⅰ.用适当的关连词填空
1. Do you still remember the zoo _________________we saw the lovely little panda last summer?
2. Learning a country’s language is like stepping out of a door,__________________you can know about that country better.where/in whichthrough which3.The movie_____________I’m speaking is about the earthquake which happened in Wenchuan.
4.We are living in an age________many things are done by computers.
5.The movie reminded me of my childhood _______________I lived in the countryside with my grandparents.about whichwhenwhen/in which6.I prefer to live in Beijing________________there are many alleys with interesting names.
7.Give me one good reason ________________you’re late for school again!
8.I work in a small company___________is far away from my home after graduation.
9.My uncle works in the science museum_______________we visited last month.that/whichthat/whichwhy/for whichwhere/in which10.I left the pencil______________I draw pictures every day at school.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.He has two cars, the new
one______________________________(昨天买的).
(buy)
2.She lives in the
house__________________________(窗户朝东的). (whose)with whichof which he bought yesterdaywhose windows face the east3.This is the very
book______________________(我正找的).(look)
4.The old black man has never forgotten the day _____________________________(他被带离) his mother and brother. (take)
5.The media can help solve problems and draw attention to
situations______________________(需要帮助). (need)
(that) I’m looking forwhen he was taken away from where help is neededⅢ.单项填空
1.I’d like to live in the house________there is plenty of sunshine.
A.which B.what
C.to which D.where
解析:选D。考查定语从句。house是先行词,而后面的从句结构和意思都完整,所以不能用关系代词,故排除A、B两项。在房子里,介词应该用in,所以C项错误。D项where相当于in which,符合题意。
2. I have reached a point in my life________I am supposed to make decisions of my own.
A.which B.where
C.how D.why
解析:选B。句意:我到了一生中我自己应该做决定的时候了。先行词为a point,引导词在定语从句中作状语。
3. Life is like a long race________we compete with others to go beyond ourselves.
A.why B.what
C.that D.where
解析:选D。句意:生活就像一场我们与别人竞争来超越自己的长跑。先行词为a long race,引导词where意指in this race,在从句中作状语。
4. The house I grew up________has been taken down and replaced by an office building.
A.in it B.in
C.in that D.in which
解析:选B。句意:我在里面长大的房子被拆掉了并且建起了一座办公大楼。定语从句原意为:I grew up in the house.先行词为 the house,可以用which和that作关系代词,但是that不能和介词连用,it不引导句子,in which句式不对。此句是省略作宾语的关系代词(which/that)。
5. He is the only one of the boys who________a winner of the first prize for 3 years.
A.is B.are
C.has been D.have been
解析:选C。the only+先行词+关系代词+谓语动词单数,又因时间状语为for 3 years,故选C而不选A。
6. I walked up to the top of the hill with my friends, ________we enjoyed a splendid view of the lake.
A.which B.where
C.who D.that
解析:选B。本题考查定语从句。句意:我和朋友们一起登上山顶,从山顶上我们欣赏了湖光美景。本句中没有并列连词也没有从属连词,故判断逗号后为非限制性定语从句。先行词为the top of the hill,还原到从句后为:on the top of the hill we enjoyed a splendid view of the lake,由此可见先行词在从句中作地点状语,故选择B项where。
7. They will fly to Washington,________they plan to stay for two or three days.
A.where B.there
C.which D.when
解析:选A。考查定语从句。句意:他们将乘飞机去华盛顿,在那里他们打算停留两到三天。在句中非限制性定语从句修饰先行词Washington,关系词在从句中作地点状语,所以选where。
8. She brought with her three friends, none of________I had ever met before.
A.them B.who
C.whom D.these
解析:选C。考查非限制性定语从句。句意:她带来了她的三个朋友,她们我都未曾见过。“表示部分的不定代词+ of+关系代词”引导非限制性定语从句,修饰先行词friends,所以关系代词只能用whom。
9. Have you ever been to Shanghai,________I left ten years ago?
A.where B.which
C.that D.when
解析:选B。考查which引导非限制性定语从句。先行词为Shanghai,因为要填的引导词在从句中作left的宾语,故排除A。
10. Lucy and Sam made an appointment of an interview on Sunday afternoon,________they would be free.
A.which B.when
C.then D.where
解析:选B。考查when引导的非限制性定语从句,先行词为Sunday afternoon。要填的引导词在从句中作状语,故排除A。
影 评
写作要求
根据下列信息,写一篇关于电影《勇敢的心》的影评。
电影名,Braveheart《勇敢的心》
导演,Mel Gibson梅尔·吉布森
主要人物及
演员,William Wallace威廉·华菜士——Mel Gibson梅尔·吉布森Princess Isabelle公主伊莎贝拉——Sophie Marceau苏菲·玛索
King EdwardⅠ爱德华一世——Patrick Mc Goohan特里克·麦克哥汉
剧情,在13世纪晚期,英王爱德华一世自称苏格兰国王。威廉·华莱士为苏格兰的自由而战,挥舞宝剑打败英王的军队。
类型,虽有血腥的场面,但是是一部反战影片。评价,以壮观的动作和爱情场面吸引观众,塑造了华莱士这一英雄人物。参考词汇:praiseworthy adj. 值得称赞的;violence n.猛烈, 暴力, 暴行; theatrical adj.戏剧的,夸张的;wield v.使用(武器等), 挥舞
审题谋篇
一、审题构思
此篇书面表达是写一篇影评,影评是艺术评论中的一个重要组成部分,通常评论者对于评论角度的选择应持这样的原则:
第一、影片最突出的方面;
第二、影片中最具有特色的方面;
第三、具有思想价值的方面。
二、篇章结构
电影简介——情节概述——发表评论
三、内容要点
1.概述《勇敢的心》;
2.《勇敢的心》的主要角色及故事情节;
3.发表自己的评论。
写作要点
1.很难想像有一部影片能和梅尔·吉布森拍摄的《勇敢的心》相媲美。
①It’s hard to imagine any film __________ Mel Gibson’s Braveheart.
②It’s hard to imagine any film ____________ Mel Gibson’s Braveheart.matchingthat matches2.电影中有很多值得称赞的地方——吉布森不仅给我们很多难以忘怀的战争场面而且还有很多精彩的角色。
①There’s a lot in this film that’s praiseworthy—Gibson gives us ________________________________________________________________________.not only memorable battles;
but excellent characters②There’s a lot in this film that’s praiseworthy—Gibson gives us ________________________________________________________________________.
3.暴力场面很逼真。而且,当吉布森展现妇女儿童在战场上为死者哭泣的时候,没有什么能比这些时候更有力地反对战争。excellent characters as well as memorable battles①The violence seems ________. ______________, few theatrical moments make a more forceful statement against war than when Gibson shows women and children _______________ the dead on a battlefield.
②The violence seems______________.
_________________________, few theatrical moments make a more powerful
realIn additionweeping overtrue to lifeWhat’s more/Besidesstatement against war than when Gibson shows women and children ____________ the dead on a battlefield.
佳作欣赏
It’s hard to imagine any film matching Mel Gibson’s Braveheart. With its grand action, and sense of romance, it’s a pleasure to see and review.crying forI’m a big fan of Braveheart. There’s a lot in this film that’s praiseworthy—Gibson gives us not only memorable battles, but excellent characters. The hero is William Wallace, a hero of Scottish history. Wallace fought for Scotland’s freedom in the late 13th century, wielding his sword to defeat the forces of King EdwardⅠ,the British King who had declared himself king of Scotland.
Saphie Marceau, the French actress who plays Princess Isabelle is very appealing.
Braveheart is a bloody film. The violence seems real. In addition, few theatrical moments make a more forceful statement against war than when Gibson shows women and children weeping over the dead on a battlefield. Braveheart, however, is better, offering an exciting and occasionally
touching experience. These days, heroes like William Wallace are as rare as the film displays.
名师点津
【美文点津】
①本文行文自然流畅,文章要点齐全,意思表达真切。详略得当,重点突出。
②fight for, declare, appealing 等高级词汇运用贴切。不同连接词如however;in addition等的使用使语句灵活多变,并且使全文结构紧凑。
③从语言使用的角度来说,使用了一些not only... but(also)... ;as...as..等高级句式,使得文章表达生动形象。
【类文点津】
一、一般来说,影评属于夹叙夹议的议论文。这种文体主要以一般现在时态介绍剧情内容及发表自己的看法。什么时候观看或该电影曾获得什么奖项可转入过去时态。人称通常采用第一、第三人称。
二、影视评论可采用“三段式”写法。
第一段:简介背景(setting)。对电影的名称、特点、导演等作简单介绍。
第二段:情节概述(main plot of the film)。包括主要演员及故事梗概。电影简介不宜太长,只需把自己要评论的内容突出即可。
第三段:观后感受,发表评论(making comments/reviews in some way)。可以选择性地从不同角度对电影的主题、情节、人物形象的塑造、语言风格、演员的演技、画面特点、环境、颜色的搭配及拍摄理念的使用等方面有针对性地发表个人看法,但不要面面俱到。最后对电影总体评价。
写影评常用的句型和短语有:
1.I often watch films.我常看电影。
2. I watch films four times two weeks.我每两周看四次电影。
3. This film takes place on the...这部电影是发生在……
4. The setting of the film is about...这部电影发生的背景是关于……
5. There are ...characters in this film.在这部电影中有……人物。6.The name of the film is...这部电影的名字是……
7. There are some famous words in the film. They are... 电影中有些让人记忆犹新的话语,它们是……
8.The main plots are ...主要故事情节是……
9. In my opinion, this film is... 在我看来,这部电影可以称得上是……
10. This is a masterpiece that I have ever seen.
这是我所看过的最杰出的一部作品。
11.I think it is the best film. 我认为这是最优秀的一部影片。
12.I have seen it many times, sometimes with my good friends.我已经看过多遍这部电影了,有时和朋友一起看。
13. Don’t you think it is a best one?
难道你不认为它是最优秀的吗?
单元盘点
词语串串练
Panda, a treasure of Chinese unique animals, is very cute. So it is popular with people all over the world. But, after the film Kungfu Panda screened, every Chinese was shocked because none of our animation films which was① produced in the past can ②match Kungfu Panda.Why can it③ hold people a great interest and achieve a success? It can be explained in many aspects. First, it is a film with the ④background of Chinese Kungfu. Chinese Kungfu is very much ⑤in keeping with the ⑥theme of the film. Second, it is really⑦ educational. As the words are said in the film—“Treasure every moment that you have!” etc. We can be ⑧educated while we are seeing the acting in the film. Third, it is full of ⑨entertainment,so that we can’thelp laughing as we see it. And it also makes it memorable. Fourth, the technology of the film producing is very excellent. B10Undoubtedly, this is an important factor of its success. Therefore, ?it’s no wonder that the film can be a hit.
As a result, we should gratitude this film, because it did set a good example of our films and ?guide us in this area.
熊猫,作为中国的国宝,是非常可爱的。因此,它受到全世界人们的喜爱。但是,当《功夫熊猫》上映后,每个中国人都被“雷住”了,因为我们从前制作的动画电影,没有一个比得上《功夫熊猫》。
为什么这部电影能引起人们的极大兴趣并取得极大成功呢?这可以从多方面来解释。第一:它是一部以中国功夫为背景的电影,中国功夫与这部电影的主题十分协调;第二:它具有教育意义。正如电影中的台词“珍惜你所拥有的每一个瞬间”等等,当我们观看电影中的表演时,我们也会受到教育;第三:它充满了娱乐性。因此,当我们观看时,会不由自主地发出笑声,这也是令人难忘的;第四:电影制作的技术是非常出色的,这无疑也是它成功的重要因素,因此这部电影成为热点也就不足为奇了。
因此,我们应该感激这部电影。因为它的确为我们的电影树立了一个好榜样并在此领域引导着我们。
高考对对碰
链接一 inform sb.of...
(教材原句P49)Another reason why I like it here is that the campus,which is located at the foot of Mount Jinyun, is so beautiful.[高考例证]
(2011·高考大纲全国卷)Ted came for the weekend wearing only some shorts and a T-shirt,________is a stupid thing to do in such weather.
A.this B.that
C.what D.which
你做对了吗?
选D。考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知,该句为定语从句,首先排除A和C;根据空前的逗号可知,该句为非限制性定语从句,排除B。该从句应用which引导,which在从句中作主语,代指前面的整个句子。链接二 make use of 利用
(教材原句P11)Their father travelled a lot in search of work.
[高考例证]
(2010·高考福建卷)More and more high-rise buildings have been built in big cities________space.
A.in search of B.in place of
C.for lack of D.for fear of,
选C。考查介词短语。句意:因为缺少空间,越来越多的高层建筑在城市中被建造。A项意为“寻找……”;B项意为“代替,替代”;C项意为“缺乏,短缺”;D项意为“担心,害怕”。据句意可知,C项符合。,链接三 定语从句
(教材原句P9)It is light,tuneful,and memorable,and it appeals to both the young and the old.[高考例证]
(2010·高考安徽卷)—How did you like Nick’s performance last night?
—To be honest,his singing didn’t________to me much.
A.appeal B.belong
C.refer D.occur,
选A。句意:——你觉得Nick 昨天晚上表演得怎么样?——说实话,他的演唱对我没多大吸引力。appeal to sb.(对某人)有吸引力;(使某人)感兴趣。belong to 属于;refer to 谈到、提到;occur to 发生。本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件9张PPT。Unit 4 Unforgettable Films教材背景链接
Real-life “Superheroes” in America
Dressed in a black hat, a white shirt with a black necktie and a studded(用饰钉装饰的) belt,24-year-old Chaim Lazaros looks likeany other young man from New York City, except for his black mask. In real life, he is a radio host at a college radio station, but in the superhero mode, Lazaros spends his time comforting homeless people. And his eye-catching uniform helps him a lot.
About three years ago, Lazaros and Ben Goldman, a documentary film-maker, created “Superheroes Anonymous(名字不公开的),” an organized non-profit group of real-life superheroes. According to the report, there are now nearly 200 superheroes across the country—common people who patrol the streets in self-made superhero clothes. Their missions are varied,
from helping homeless people and picking up litter to looking out for crime and teaching first aid skills.In real life, 26-year-old Mike Johnson is a common firefighter from Ohio. However, in a bright yellow coat with an owl(猫头鹰) logo and a black head scarf, this man said he became a superhero in another way to make adifference in the world. “I think anyone that looks around will quickly realize there is something seriously wrong with the direction that some people are going in,” said Johnson. “We try to correct a little of that and reduce the pain and difficulty in any way possible.”
“I think it’s great,” said Toutou, from nearby Massachusetts(马萨诸塞州).“I think we should have real-life superheroes and it’s great that people are
there ready to help others.
I would like to join them.”
?新课导入
电影中的超级英雄真不少,造型奇特的“超人”、“蜘蛛侠”、“变形金刚”不仅能上天入地,还拥有造福他人的品德,因此深受人们喜爱。然而,现在行走在美国街道,你就有机会遇到现实版的“超级英雄”,他们身着紧身衣,头戴面具,帮助需要救助的人。据悉,现在全美国约有200名“超级英雄”,这些市民还会设计自己的“超级英雄”形象,十分夺人眼球。
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件16张PPT。Section Ⅰ Getting Ready, Reading & Comprehending—Warming Up?Step One:Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1._____________ n. 某一时间
2.______________v. 褪色;凋谢
3._____________ v. 费心;麻烦
4.______________vt. 使过度磨损
5.edge n. ____________
6.beyond prep. _______________
7. assure vt. _______________sometimefade botherover-wear 边缘超出……之外使确信Ⅱ. 重点短语
1.try... ________ 试穿……
2. a couple________... 一对……;三两个/条……
3.Fall_______ love with... 爱上……;喜欢上……
4. pick... ________选出……;挑出……
5. climb up________... 爬到……上onof in out onto6. _______bit 有点儿
7. a bit ______少量的;一点
8. get ___________从……下来
9. __________repair 无法再缝补
?Step Two:Fast Reading
Scan the text and then choose the best answers according to the text.
a of downbeyond1.I tried on a couple of pairs that fit okay,but they were________.
A.nothing special
B.worn out
C.hard to pull off
D.the least expensive
A2.I still liked the pair of blue jeans in spite of the fact that________.
A.there were no back pockets
B.they were wearing thin
C.my mum never washed them
D.they were nothing special
B3.The moment I was told they were beyond repair,I began to feel________.
A.delighted B.confident
C.upset D.sad
4.Which of the following is WRONG?( )
A.The author spent the best times with his jeans.
B.The jeans were worth the money of the author’s mother.
CDC.The jeans faded so the author disliked it.
D.When the author was young,she dared to jump down from the shed.
?Step Three: Careful Reading
Ⅰ.Read the text and answer the following questions.
1. When did the writer buy the jeans?
______________________________________
答案: It was sometime in April of 2007.2.Did the writer still like her faded jeans after several washes?
______________________________________3. What happened to her jeans when she jumped down from an old shed?
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________答案: Yes, she still liked it very much.答案:A nail caught the patch under the right back pocket of her jeans and her jeans were beyond repair.Ⅱ. Read the text again and fill in the blanks.
picked out fellmomentfadedworn wornbonfirenailfavourite repair?Step Four:Consolidation
My Special Jeans
I remember how I got my old jeans. My mum took me shopping for jeans, and I
1.___________ out some pairs. I tried on a 2.____________ of them, but they were nothing special. Then I tried on a pair of “Silver Tab” blue jeans. They were slightly 3.__________ but I4._______ in love withpickedcouplefadedfellthem and got the pair. They were a 5.______ more expensive, but I 6.______________ my mum I would get her money’s worth.
If there was one thing in my wardrobe that I “7.______________”, it would be those jeans. But one day when I climbed up onto an old shed in my garden, it was hard to 8._______ down. I sat right on the 9._______ and then I jumped. But a nail caught the patch under the right back pocket. bitassuredover-woregetedgeMy jeans were so badly-broken that they were 10. _____________repair. But at least I could tell my mum that I had gotten her money’s worth!
?Step Five: Discussion
What kind of clothing is your favourite? (suit, jacket, T-shirt, overcoat, dress, jeans,etc..)
_____________________________________
beyond本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件47张PPT。Section Ⅱ Getting Ready, Reading & Comprehending—Language Study词汇精研
1 pick out 选出……;挑出……;辨别出……
(教材原句)My mum took me shopping for jeans, and I picked out five or six pairs to try on.
妈妈带我去买牛仔裤,我挑了五六条试穿。归纳拓展
pick up 拾起;捡起;得到;学会;用车接人/物;收听到;身体好转
pick flowers/cotton 摘花/摘棉花
pick one’s pockets 扒口袋行窃
①She was picked out from hundreds of applicants for the job.
她是从数百位申请人里挑选出来做这份工作的。
②Can you pick out your brother in this crowd?
你能在这群人中认出你的弟弟吗?
③I’ll pick you up at 7 o’clock.
7点钟我开车来接你。
2 fall in love with 爱上……;喜欢上……
(教材原句)They were slightly faded but I fell in love with them the moment I put them on!
这一条牛仔裤有点泛白,但我在穿上它的那一刻就喜欢上了它!
归纳拓展
be /fall in love with sb. 与某人恋爱
①John fell in love with Kate at the first sight.
约翰对凯特一见钟情。
②How long have they been in love with each other?
他们恋爱多久了?
3 bother v. 费心;麻烦;打扰; n. 烦扰
(教材原句)I didn’t even bother to try on the other three pairs I had picked out.
我甚至不再费事去试穿已挑出的另外三条。归纳拓展
bother about /with sth.为某事烦恼
bother sb. about /with sth. 为某事打扰或麻烦某人
bother to do sth. 特意、特地做某事
①Don’t bother Mary while she’s reading.
玛丽读书的时候不要打扰她。
②I don’t want to bother you with my problems. 我不想让你因为我的问题而担心。
③He didn’t even bother to let me know he was coming.他甚至连通知都没通知我他要来。
巧学活用
1-1完成句子
(1)She soon ______________________(学会了法语)when she went to live in France.
(2)Please help me ____________________(选一本新书).
picked up Frenchpick out a new book1-2单项填空
You’ll soon________health when you get to the seaside.
A.pick out B.pick up
C.pick on D.pick at
解析:选B。句意:到了海滨,你就会很快地恢复健康。pick up 表示“恢复健康,振作起(精神)。
2-1翻译句子
那个小女孩一看到那件衣服就喜欢上了。
________________________________________________________________________
2-2单项填空
Mike________with Jane for over one year before they got married.
A.had fallen in love
B.had been in love答案:The little girl fell in love with the dress as soon as she saw it.C.has fallen in love D.has been fallen in love
解析:选B。句意:迈克与简相恋一年多之后才结婚。fall in love with sb.“爱上某人”表示一个非延续性的动作,不与表示一段时间的状语连用;be in love with sb.“与某人相恋”强调状态,与语境相符。
名师微博 fall in love属于瞬间动作的动词短语,在肯定句中不能与表示一段时间的状语连用。
3-1 完成句子
(1)别为我操心,我一切都好。
Don’t _____________________ me; I am doing quite well.
(2)你不必费神亲自过来了。
______________ to come over yourself.bother yourself aboutDon’t bother3-2单项填空
It is bad manners to________others while they are having a conversation.
A.ask B.bother
C.interrupt D.doubt
解析:选C。考查动词词义辨析。interrupt“打断某人的谈话”;ask“询问”;bother“麻烦”;doubt“怀疑”。根据句意,应选C项。4 assure v. 使确信,使放心;确保
(教材原句)They were a bit more expensive than the other jeans, but I assured my mum I would get her money’s worth. 虽然这一条比其它的更贵一些,但我向妈妈保证我会让它物有所值。归纳拓展
1)assure sb./oneself of sth. 使某人/某人自己对某事物确信不疑
assure sb. that...向(某人)保证……
2)assurance n. 确信;保证;保险
①They tried to assure him of their willingness to work. 他们尽力使他相信他们乐意工作。
②The captain of the ship assured the passengers that there was no danger. 船长向乘客保证没有危险。
5get down 从……下来;开始;着手
(教材原句)There was an old shed out there and it was easy to climb up onto it, but it was a bit harder to get_down. 花园里有一个旧棚子,很容易就能爬到顶上,但爬下来就有点难。
归纳拓展
①He got down from the hill, out of breath.
他从山上下来,上气不接下气。
②Let’s get down to the business. 咱们来说正事吧。
6beyond prep. 超出……之外
(教材原句)When I told my mum what had happened,she said they were beyond repair. 当我告诉妈妈所发生的一切时,她说裤子已无法缝补。
归纳拓展
①The light switch was beyond the child’s reach.
这小孩够不到那电灯开关。
②The bicycle is beyond repair.
这辆自行车已不能修理了。,
?
①The light switch was beyond the child’s reach.
这小孩够不到那电灯开关。
②The bicycle is beyond repair.
这辆自行车已不能修理了。
4-1完成句子
(1)经销商向我保证了它的质量。
The dealer___________me_____its quality.
(2)工人们使我相信这座桥是安全的。
The workers_____________me________the bridge was safe.
assuredofassuredthat4-2单项填空
I________you that the goods will be delivered next Friday.
A.assure B.persist
C.approve D.propose
解析:选A。句意:我向你保证下周五货物就会送到。assure sb. that...向(某人)保证……。
5-1用get的短语完成句子
(1)I called all day yesterday,but I couldn’t ____________ to you.
(2)If we can __________ present difficulties,then everything should be all right.
(3)They have a lot in common,so they ____________________ each other.
(4)He __________ from his horse.
get throughget overget along well withgot down5-2单项填空
—How about your journey to Mount Emei?
—Everything was wonderful except that our car______twice on the way.
A.slowed down B.broke down
C.got down D.put down
解析:选B。句意:“你们的峨眉山之旅怎么样?”“除了我们的车在路上抛锚了两次之外,一切都很完美。”break down“(机器等)出现故障”,符合语境。slow down“减速”;get down“从……下来;下车”;put down“放下”。
6-1完成句子
(1)这台电脑给你5%的折扣这真的超出了我的权限。
It is really _________________ to give you a 5% discount for this computer.
(2)在这种情况下成功需要很大的努力,这出乎我们的意料。
It takes great efforts to succeed in this case,which is ______________________.
beyond my powerbeyond our imagination6-2单项填空
I’m sorry I didn’t phone you, but I’ve been very busy________the past couple of weeks.
A.beyond B.with
C.among D.over
解析:选D。考查介词。通过前半句“I’ve been very busy”是现在完成时,可知搭配用的时间状语为“在过去的几周里”,固定搭配用介词over。“over the past couple of weeks=in the past couple of weeks”。 句意:很抱歉没给你打电话,可是这几个星期我一直很忙。
句型巧析
1 (教材原句)By the next year at that time they were wearing through right under the right back pocket, so I had mum repair them, because I couldn’t wear them like that.
第二年的那个时候,就在裤子的右后袋处破了个洞,因为不能那样穿着出门,所以我让妈妈帮我补了一下。
[句法分析] 本句中had mum repair them为“have +sb.+ do sth.(=to let sb. do sth.)”句型,意为:使/让某人做某事。在该句式中,have为使役动词,作宾补的不定式不带to,表示宾语发出的动作。
①What would you have me do? 你让我做什么呢?
②I’ll have Tom do it for you.我让汤姆来替你干。归纳拓展
1)have+ sth. /sb.+ done
① 意为“让别人做某事;使某事被做”。其中作宾补的动词与宾语之间构成逻辑上的动宾关系。
②have +宾语+done 有时也可用来表示主语的遭遇和经历。
③have+sth.+ done有时也可表示主语也参与了该动作。
2)have+ sb./sth.+ doing 让某人/某物持续地进行某一个动作。
③I had my tooth pulled out yesterday.我昨天拔了颗牙。
④Please have the boy taken to the station.
请把这个男孩送到车站。
⑤The old man had his leg broken when he fell off the bike.
那个老人从自行车上摔了下来,把腿摔断了。
⑥I should have my work finished by Monday.
我会在星期一前把我的工作完成。
⑦The film had us all sitting on the edges of our seats with excitement.
这部电影让我们大家激动不已。
2 (教材原句)Not_only_did I embarrass myself in front of my friends, but_I_also killed my favourite jeans. 我不仅让自己在朋友面前颜面扫地,也毁了我心爱的牛仔裤。[句法分析] not only ...but also ...“不但……而且……”,是一个连词词组,通常可以连接两个并列的谓语、宾语、表语、状语等,还可以连接两个并列的句子。其中but also ...中also可以省略,也可放在主语之后。
①He plays not only the piano but also the violin.
他不仅弹钢琴而且拉小提琴。②He not only read the book, but also remembered what he had read.
他不但读过此书,还记得所读的内容。
③He not only has to type out the answers on a computer, but he (also) has to get the computer to translate them into sounds.
他不仅要在计算机上打出答案,而且还得让计算机把答案转变成声音。
归纳拓展
1)not only ...but also ...连接两个并列主语时,遵循“就近原则”,即谓语形式与离其最近的主语保持一致。
2)not only放在句首时,它引导的句子要部分倒装,but also后面的句子不倒装。
④Not only he but also I am a teacher.不但他是老师,我也是。
⑤Not only does he like English, but also he learns it well.
他不仅喜欢英语,而且学得好。,
?
巧学活用
1-1 翻译句子
她在回家途中钱包被偷走了。
________________________________________________________________________
答案:She had her wallet stolen on her way home.1-2单项填空
(1) The director had her assistant ________ some hot dogs for the meeting.
A.picked up B.picks up
C.pick up D.picking up
解析:选C。句意:主任让她的助手顺便买了些热狗来参加会议。have sb. do sth. 让某人干某事。
(2)—Shall the bike be repaired by him?
—No, I’d rather he________it________.
A.will have; repair
B.has; repair
C.had; repaired
D.has; repaired
解析:选C。would rather之后的宾语从句中用虚拟语气,表示:宁愿让别人做某事。从句中用动词过去式表示现在或将来要做的事。have sth. done请别人做某事。故C项正确。2-1翻译句子
不仅他而且他的父母也将去参加宴会。
________________________________________________________________________
[易混辨析] as well as/not only...but also...
这两个结构都可表示“不但……而且……”,但as well as侧重前者,而not only ...but also...侧重后者。答案:Not only he but also his parents are going to attend the party.Prof. Chen is a Chinese, but he can speak English as well as Chinese.= Prof. Chen is a Chinese, but he can speak not only Chinese but also English.陈教授是个中国人,但是他不但会说汉语还会说英语。
当连接并列主语时,not only...but also...按照“就近原则”确定谓语动词的形式,而含有as well as句子的谓语动词应与其前的主语在人称和数上保持一致。
He as well as my classmates is going shopping on Sunday.他和我的同学一样,星期天也去买东西。
2-2单项填空
The computer was used in teaching. As a result,not only________,but students became more interested in the lessons.
A.saved was teachers’ energy
B.was teachers’ energy savedC.teachers’ energy was saved
D.was saved teachers’ energy
解析:选B。考查倒装。否定词not only位于句首,引导的句子要用部分倒装。
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件52张PPT。Section Ⅲ Language Focus, Listening and Speaking,
Writing & Further Reading?Step One:Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1._____________ n. 制服;统一的服装
2.__________v. 显示
3.________________ n. 时髦;流行式样
4._______________ adv. 完全地uniformreveal fashioncompletely5._____________ n. 假期
6.___________ vt. 买/付得起
7._____________ vi. 消失;不见
8._____________ n. 前进;进展;进步
9.cloth n. ________________
10.firm n. _____________________
11.absorb vt. _____________________
12.reflect vt. _________________________vacationafforddisappearadvance布;衣料商行;公司吸收(水、热、光等)反射;反照13.sale n. ___________________
14.trademark n. _____________
15.leisure n. ______________________
16.pleasing adj. ________________________
Ⅱ. 重点短语
1.What’s your opinion_________...?
你对……有何看法?
2.keep ________ (使)遵守/坚持卖;销售商标空闲;业余时间令人愉快的,讨人喜欢的onto3.be appropriate_______... 对……适合
4.______ my opinion 依我看来
5.keep...up ______ 保持……达到……
6.Drop______... 降到……
7.Up_______... (数量上)多达
forintototo?Step Two:Fast Reading
Ⅰ. Scan the text Fashion and then choose the best answers according to the text.
1.Which of the following is impossible according to the passage?( )
A.When the weather changes,the colour of a coat also changes.
B.When you are wearing a shirt,the stripes disappear.
DC.A blouse won’t smell bad even if you wear it for days.
D.The clothes need not to be washed though it is dirty.
2.There is not much more that designers can do with the old cloth because________.
A.they should make new cloth to keep people interested in fashion
B.they can’t create new stylesAC.they don’t want to spend money on the old cloth
D.the managers don’t allow them to do it
3.Which of the new kind of clothes has not been mentioned in the passage?( )
A.The jacket. B.The sweatshirt.
C.The tights. D.The skirt.
DⅡ.Read the text Fashion and fill in the blanks.
Fashion is moving into the twenty-first century. The stripes on a shirt will 1._____________ while you are wearing it; a 2 . ____________ can be worn for days and days without a bad smell, which were made possible by 3._____________ in fibre technology.
disappearblouseadvances A jacket by Stone Island changes its colour in warm weather. Peter White, a
4.____________,says that 5._____________ can do nothing with the old cloth. A Japanese 6._________ has developed a man-made fibre which can keep the wearer 7.______ to 10℃ warmer than ordinary fibers. A kind of new cloth for ski-wear can turn black to
8.__________ sunlight when the temperature 9.___________ to below zero, and change to
customerdesignersfirmupabsorbdropswhite at above 5℃ to 10.____________ the sun.reflect 词汇精研
1keep to (使) 遵守/ 坚持;不违背(诺言、计划等)
归纳拓展
①If we can’t keep to the schedule, we’ll be in trouble.
如果我们不按时完成计划就要倒霉了。
②The rain kept up for two days and the roads were flooded.
雨连着下了两天,公路上积满了水。
2afford vt. 买/付得起
(教材原句)What does Cathy do in order to afford her fashionable clothes?
为了买那件时髦的衣服凯西做了什么?
归纳拓展
afford +n./pron. 买得起,负担得起……的费用
afford to do sth. 负担得起做某事
afford sth. to sb. =afford sb. sth.提供给某人某物
①They walked because they couldn’t afford (to take) a taxi.
他们因为坐不起计程车而步行。
②Having bought the house, they couldn’t afford to furnish it.
买了这所房子之后,他们买不起家具来布置它了。
3advance n.&v. 前进;进展;进步
(教材原句)These are not dreams of scientists,but the most recent developments in the fashion world,which were made possible by advances in fibre technology. 这些并不是科学家的梦想,而是时装界最新研发的成果,这些都是由于纤维技术的进步才成为了可能。归纳拓展
1) in advance (of sth.) 预先,事先,事前
make an advance/advances in... 在……取得进步/进展
2) advanced adj. 高级的;先进的
advanced engineer/worker/English/maths 高级工程师/先进工作者/高级英语/高等数学
①Remarkable advances have been made in space science.
太空科学已有了长足的发展。
②The date of the meeting was advanced by four days.
会议提前四天召开。
③It’s cheaper if you book the tickets in advance.
如果你预定票的话,会便宜一些。
4absorb vt. 吸收;吸引;使专心
(教材原句)A kind of new cloth for ski-wear can turn black to absorb sunlight when the temperature drops to below zero, and change to white at above 5 ℃ to reflect the sun. 一种新型的滑雪衫可以在温度降到零下时变成黑色以吸收太阳光,然后当温度达到5℃以上时,又变成白色以反射阳光。
巧学活用
1-1用keep的短语完成句子
(1)I hope the fine weather will __________(维持).
(2)They ____________________(保持联系) each other through the Internet.
(3)I can’t __________________(跟上) all the changes.
keep upkeep in touch withkeep up with1-2单项填空
The beauty of the place is more than I can describe. I am sure its charm will________whoever sees it.
A.appeal to B.stick to
C.keep to D.give in to
解析:选A。appeal to吸引,使感兴趣,符合句意。
2-1 完成句子
(1)本月我们还有钱去旅行吗?
Can we ____________a trip this month?
(2)今年我们没钱去度假。
We can’t________________go on vacation this year.
affordafford to2-2单项填空
He can________$3,000 a year by writing stories and support a family of three people.
A.win B.afford
C.earn D.gain
解析:选C。从题意可知,他写小说是为了赚钱,故应用动词earn。而win强调获胜;gain强调获得经验之类的东西;afford强调买得起,均不合乎语境。
?
?
名师微博 afford常与can,could,be able to连用,多用于否定句或疑问句中。
3-1完成句子
(1)你最好提前制定一个计划。
You’d better make a plan in __________.
(2)科学技术的进步很明显。
The ____________ of technology has been remarkable.
advanceadvance归纳拓展
1)absorb one’s attention 吸引某人注意
2)absorbed adj. 聚精会神的;专心致志的;极感兴趣的
be absorbed in 全神贯注于……;专心于……;热衷于……
表示“全神贯注的”常见短语还有:be buried in; be lost in; fix one’s attention to; concentrate one’s mind on等。助记
全神贯注 吸收
①Plants can absorb carbon dioxide and release oxygen.
植物可以吸收二氧化碳释放氧气。
②Absorbed in his work,Tom simply forgot food and sleep.
汤姆专心于工作,几乎忘记了吃饭和睡觉。
5reflect vt.反射;反照;思考
(教材原句)A kind of new cloth for ski-wear can turn black to absorb sunlight when the temperature drops to below zero, and change to white at above 5 ℃ to reflect the sun. 一种新型的滑雪衫可以在温度降到零下时变成黑色以吸收太阳光,然后当温度达到5℃以上时,又变成白色以反射阳光。
?
归纳拓展
1)reflect sb./sth. in... 在……中映出某人/物的形象
reflect on/upon 沉思,思考
2)reflection n.反射,反照,反映;映像
助记①She could see her face reflected in the water.
她看见自己的脸倒映在水中。
②That choice reflects your good taste.
那个选择反映了你的高雅品味。
③You should set aside some time to reflect on your successes and failures.你应该留出时间反思你的成功和失败。
6up to... (数量上) 多达
(教材原句)The sweet smell lasts up_to three hand-washes.
在手洗3次之后,还可以闻到香气。
归纳拓展
1) up to
①能胜任,有某种能力(通常用于疑问句或否定句)
②正在干,从事着(尤指坏事)2) be up to sb.某人的职责或责任;由某人决定
It’s up to sb.to do sth. 应由某人做……
①Her hair is long enough to fall up to her knee.
她的头发很长,垂到了她的膝盖。
②She is not up to the job as the chief engineer.
她不能胜任总工程师的工作。
③What’ve you been up to? 你一直在搞什么名堂?
3-2单项填空
It’s said that the teacher has________the deadline for the graduation paper by two weeks.
A.put B.advanced
C.made D.suggested
解析:选B。题干中“把截止日期提前两周”暗示使用advanced。
4-1翻译句子
我正入神地看这本书,连你进来也没看见。
________________________________________________________________________
4-2单项填空
________in his papers,he didn’t notice his teacher coming.
A.Having absorbed B.Absorbed
C.Absorbing D.Being absorbed
答案:I was so absorbed in this book that I didn’t see you come in.解析:选B。句意:他埋头于试卷中,没有注意到老师的到来。be absorbed in专心于;非谓语动词absorb与其逻辑主语he之间为被动关系,过去分词作状语表示主语所处的状态。
5-1完成句子
(1)抽点时间仔细考虑你未来的计划。
Take some time to____________ your future plans.
reflect on(2)我们看着自己在湖中的倒影。
We looked at our____________in the lake.
5-2单项填空
Sean’s strong love for his country is________in his recent published poems.
A.reached B.reflected
C.reacted D.removed
reflections解析:选B。考查动词辨析。reach到达;reflect反映,反射;react反应;remove除掉。句意:肖恩在他最近出版的诗歌中表现了他对祖国强烈的热爱。只有reflect符合句意。
6-1完成句子
(1)确保所有的孩子都能接受教育一直到11岁。
Make sure that all children have education
____________the age of 11.
up to(2)迈克尔确实不胜任那项工作。
Michael is not really________________.
(3)这次由你决定去哪里。
______________________decide where to go this time.
(4)你在忙什么?
What are you____________?
up to the jobIt’s up to you to up to句型巧析
1(教材原句)A coat can change its colour with the weather;the stripes on a shirt will disappear while you are wearing it...
外套的颜色会随天气变化而变化;衬衫上的条纹会在你穿上时消失……
[句法分析] 句中while为从属连词,引导时间状语从句,意为“当……的时候”。while从句中用延续性动词。①While he was reading the newspaper, he heard someone knock at the door.当他读报纸的时候,他听到有人敲门。
归纳拓展
1)while作并列连词,表示对比,意为“而,然而”。
2)while(=although) 从属连词,引导让步状语从句,意为“尽管,虽然”,在从句中一般位于句首。
②He likes playing basketball,while I like listening to music.
他喜欢打篮球,而我喜欢听音乐。
③While respected, he was not liked.
他虽然受到尊敬,但没有受到喜爱。
2(教材原句)These are not dreams of scientists,but the most recent developments in the fashion world,which were made possible by advances in fibre technology. 这些并不是科学家的梦想,而是时装界最新研发成果,这些都是由于纤维技术的进步而成为了可能。
[句法分析] 句中not...but...意为:不是……而是……。
①Mr. Brown is not a lawyer but a doctor.
布朗先生不是律师而是医生。
②Happiness is not a station you arrive at,but a manner of travelling.幸福不是你要到达的一个车站,而是一种旅行的方式。
类似的结构:
归纳拓展
1) A not B 是A 而不是B
2) A instead of B A 代替B
3) A rather than B 是A而不是B
③Machines,not inspectors(检票员) ,check tickets at the end of the journey.是机器而不是检票员在旅行结束时来检票。
④The passengers must have paid 2.60 pounds instead of 3.50 pounds.乘客想必付了2.6英镑,而不是3.5英镑。
巧学活用
1-1完成句子
(1)________________________________________________________________________
(虽然我承认问题很难), I don’t agree to your way to solve them.
(2)There’re plenty of rain in the southeast, ______________________________________
(而西北部则很少下雨). While I admit that the problems are
difficultwhile there’s little in the northeast1-2单项填空
________the technical worker has limited knowledge, he has a lot of experience.
A.Unless B.While
C.As D.Since
解析:选B。句意:尽管这位技术工人知识有限,但是他经验丰富。while引导的是让步状语从句。
2-1完成句子
(1)这座建筑是供植物而不是供人们使用的。
The building is designed for plants ____________ people.
(2)他不是一名学生而是教师。
He is ____________________________.
rather thannot a student but a teacher2-2单项填空
(1)He was not an actor, who often appeared on stage,______a writer,writing stories.
A.but B.and
C.then D.so
解析:选A。句意:经常出现在舞台上的他不是一个演员,而是一个写故事的作家。not...but...“不是……而是……”,符合句意。
(2)(2011·高考天津卷) The young man couldn’t afford a new car. ________, he bought a used one.
A.Besides B.Otherwise
C.Instead D.Still
解析:选C。考查副词辨析。句意:那个年轻人买不起新车,便买了一辆二手车。instead相反,取而代之;besides此外;otherwise否则;still仍然。根据句意C项正确。本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件62张PPT。Section Ⅳ Grammar & Writing 品味语法讲解归纳
限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句
定语从句分为限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句两种。
限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句的区别:
一、形式不同
限制性定语从句与其先行词之间不用逗号隔开,非限制性定语从句与其先行词之间一般用逗号隔开。
This is an important letter, which I received yesterday.(非限制性定语从句) 这是一封重要的信,我昨天收到的。
The book (which/that) you borrowed yesterday is really interesting.(限制性定语从句) 昨天你借的那本书真有意思。
二、功能不同
限制性定语从句与其先行词关系密切,它限制了先行词的意义。如果去掉该从句,剩余部分的意思往往不完整,甚至失去意义;非限制性定语从句只是其先行词的附加说明,如去掉,句子剩余部分的意思仍然完整。
He is a man whom we should learn from.(限制性定语从句)他是一个值得我们学习的人。
My father, who works in a hospital, often warns me not to smoke.(非限制性定语从句)
我父亲在一家医院工作,他经常告诫我不要抽烟.
三、先行词不同
限制性定语从句的先行词一般为单个的名词或代词;非限制性定语从句的先行词既可以是单个的名词或代词,也可以是整个句子或其中一部分。
Mike sold the house, which made his father very angry.
迈克把房子卖掉了,这使他父亲很生气。(先行词which指代逗号前的整个句子,即卖房子这件事。)
四、关系词不同
1.that通常不能用来引导非限制性定语从句。
He failed in the exam, that made his mother angry.(×)
( 此处that应改为which,指代主句表达的整个内容。)
2.并非只有which才能引导非限制性定语从句。使用非限制性定语从句时,如果先行词指人,可用who, whom来引导;先行词指物,可用which,whose来引导;先行词表时间或地点,可用when,where来引导(它们在从句中作时间状语)。
五、as引导的定语从句
1.关系代词as即可以引导限制性定语从句,也可以引导非限制性定语从句,as可以在句中作主语、宾语、表语。
(1)as引导限制性定语从句,常见句式:such+名词+as...像……一样的;像……之类;the same+名词+as...和……同样的。其中关系代词as在句中担当主语、宾语、表语。
(2)as引导非限制性定语从句,其先行词为整个句子,as在从句中作主语、宾语、表语,“正如……;这一点,像……一样”等,as引导的非限制性定语从句放在主句前后都可。
2.关系代词as与which的用法区别
(1)which和as引导的非限制性定语从句可修饰整个主句或主句的一部分,as从句还可置于主句之前,which只能放在主句后。
He has to work on Sundays, which he doesn’t like.
他星期天还得工作,这是他不喜欢的。
As you know, the work is very difficult.
你们知道,这项工作很难。(2) as在限制性定语从句中,常用于固定结构, the same ...as;such... as等;which在句中作主语或宾语,作宾语时可以省略。
(3)as有正如,正像的意思,which没有此意。
专题训练
Ⅰ.用非限制性定语从句合并下列两个句子
1.He has left Beijing. A meeting is to be held there.
________________________________________________________________________He has left Beijing, where a meeting is to be held.2.Charles Smith retired last year. He was my former teacher.
________________________________________________________________________
Charles Smith, who was my former teacher, retired last year.3.He seems not to have understood what I meant. This greatly upsets me.
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
4.He has two sons. Both of them are teachers.
______________________________________
____________________________________He seems not to have understood what I meant, which greatly upsets me.He has two sons, both of whom are
teachers.5.I’m reading Harry Porter. It is an interesting book.
________________________________________________________________________I’m reading Harry Porter, which is an interesting book.Ⅱ.在横线上填入适当的关系副词或代词
1.Those____________will go to the park stay here.
2.That was all the money____________I had.
3.Look at the boy and his dog____________are coming this way.
whothatthat4.That was the year________________I went to America.
5.Which is the star____________is nearest to the earth?
6.He often speaks highly of himself,____________made others upset.
7.He opened the door, in front of____________sat a boy.
when/in whichthatwhichwhich8.The man to____________I spoke is a famous scientist.
9.The boy____________mother is dead was brought up by his father.
10.We came to the town,_________________we stayed for 2 hours.
whomwhosewhere/in whichⅢ. 单项填空
1.The letter is from my sister,________is working in Beijing.
A.which B.that
C.whom D.who
解析:选D。考查非限制性定语从句。据定语从句含义可知先行词应是my sister,确定关系代词为who,关系代词在从句中作主语。2.________is often the case with elder people,my grandma talked about my new hairstyle for at least 50 minutes nonstop.
A.That B.Which
C.As D.It
解析:选C。考查定语从句的引导词。表示“正如……”时,只能用关系代词as。as引导的从句放在主句的前面、中间或末尾都可以。
3.As I arrived in Sydney,I wanted to see everything on my first day,________I knew was impossible.
A.that B.where
C.when D.which
解析:选D。考查定语从句。which引导非限制性定语从句,指代I wanted to see everything on my first day这件事。
4.Most of the roads were covered with thick snow,________made our journey more difficult.
A.one B.it
C.which D.that
解析:选C。考查非限制性定语从句。这里which指代前面的整个句子。
5.We then moved to Paris in 2001,________we lived for six years.
A.when B.where
C.that D.there
解析:选B。考查定语从句。句意:我们于2001年搬到巴黎,我们在那里住了6年。此题易误选A。注意从句中已经有时间状语了,先行词只能是Paris,因此用where引导定语从句且在从句中作地点状语。
6.He came back late,________which time all the guests had already left.
A.after B.by
C.at D.during
解析:选B。考查定语从句的引导词。因为定语从句中使用了过去完成时,要与表示截止到过去的时间段的介词连用,因此用by。
7.Ted came for the weekend wearing only some shorts and a T-shirt,________is a stupid thing to do in such weather.
A.this B.that
C.what D.which
解析:选D。句意:Ted仅穿着短裤和T恤来过周末,在这种天气下这样做真愚蠢。which引导非限制性定语从句,在从句中作主语。this,what不能引导定语从句;that不能引导非限制性定语从句。
8.The key to success in English is to find a right learning method,________I think is important.
A.who B.that
C.what D.which
解析:选D。考查非限制性定语从句。先行词是a right learning method,从句缺少主语,其中I think为插入语,故用关系代词which。
9.John Kennedy,________was only 39 years old when he died,was seven years younger than his father when he died.
A.who B.whom
C.that D.which
解析:A。考查非限制性定语从句。先行词John Kennedy为人且在从句中作主语,故选A。10.More and more people would like to live in the countryside ________there is fresher air and lower price of housing.
A.that B.where
C.which D.when
解析:选B。先行词countryside表示地点,where引导定语从句,并在从句中作地点状语。
事物介绍
写作要求
请以“My Favourite Piece of Clothes”为题写一篇100词左右的英语短文。写作内容:
1.买衣服的时间、地点;
2.喜欢这件衣服的原因(如颜色、样式等);
3.你穿这件衣服的时间及频度;
4.这件衣服今天看起来的情况;
5.……审题谋篇
(1)审题构思
a.体裁:介绍事物的说明文;
b.时态:一般现在时;
c.人称:第一人称;
d.重点:以简洁的语言介绍My Favourite Piece of Clothes。(2)篇章结构:
本文可采用“二段式”结构。
第一部分:提出文章的主题,开门见山地点出你最喜欢的衣服。
第二部分:文章的主体,对文章的主题进行展开说明。层次要清楚,内容要全面。
写作要点
1.一看到这件衣服时,我就喜欢上了它,毫不犹豫地就买了它。
①___________________ it ____________ I saw it and bought it without any hesitation.
②I ____________ it ____________ I saw it and bought it without any hesitation.
I fell in love withthe momentwas fond ofas soon as2.我非常喜欢这件衣服,以致于我经常穿,特别是在上体育课时。
①____________________________________, especially in P. E. classes.
②____________________________________, especially in P. E. classes.
I like it so much that I often wear itI really like it, so that I often wear it3.自从我买这件衣服以来,已经有两年的时间了。现在看起来它有点小也有点短了。
①___________________________________ and now it looks rather small and short on me.
② __________________________ and now it looks rather small and short on me.
It has been two years since I bought itI bought it two years ago佳作欣赏
My Favourite Piece of Clothes
My favourite piece of clothes is an M-sized T-shirt. I still remember the day when I bought it. I was doing some shopping with my friends in Wangfujing Department store when I noticed the blue T-shirt. I fell in love with it the moment I saw it and bought it without any hesitation. Although it cost me 80 yuan, which is a very high price for a student like me. I think it is worth the money. I like it so much that I often wear it, especially in P. E. classes.
How time flies! It has been two years since I bought it and now it looks rather small and short on me. But I still don’t want to throw it away. Instead I will give my beautiful blue T-shirt to my younger sister. I hope she will like it as I do.
名师点津
【美文点津】
①本文涵盖了所有要点,表述合理。
②文章合理运用了was doing...when...、the moment、定语从句、It has been...since...等高级句式,以及fall in love with ,without any hesitation等高级词汇,使得文章增色很多、文章结构自然合理。
【类文点津】
1.写作方法
一篇介绍事物的说明文,如果只是中规中矩地描绘它的形状、特点,那事物永远都是死物。要想把事物写活,应赋予其血液,让它活起来。如写小狗时,除了介绍狗的外貌、习性,应该在其可爱性上下功夫,如小狗喜欢在主人面前摇尾巴、爱对陌生人乱叫等;写花草,如含羞草,除了介绍它的形状、生长规律外,更应该在shy上做足文章,使它人性化;介绍某种食品,除了介绍该食品的产地、特色外,还应该在味儿上下功夫,这样才能诱人;介绍科技产品,如电子词典,除了介绍它的使用方法及注意事项,更应该把写作重点放在科技含量上——词汇丰富,查询便捷。
事物类说明文适合以定义法开头。比如在介绍手提电脑这种产品时,可以这样写:Laptop is a portable computer that can be carried easily and used conveniently whenever and wherever you are.在说明的过程中,要借助举例法和细节描述法使被介绍的内容清晰丰满。在结尾段要突出题目要求,重申说明目的,使文章完整。
2.注意事项
(1)写此类说明文时要注意行文的条理清晰,在动笔之前要想好描述顺序,不能东一句,西一笔,缺乏章法。
(2)注意句与句之间的链接及层与层之间的联系。这样才能使文章条理清楚,层次分明。
(3)尽可能多用特殊结构和高级词汇;同时要注意用词和句子的准确性。(4)要注意采用叙述、举例子、列数据、作比较等相结合的形式。
(5)要尽可能地使说明的内容生动、有趣,选用典型、新颖的素材,吸引读者。
常见词汇
(1)表顺序:first第一,second第二,third第三,in the first place第一,at first首先,in the beginning首先、开始,to begin with首先、第一,above all首先、最重要的是,what’s more 此外、而且,in
addition除此之外,furthermore此外,moreover此外、而且,another另外,also也, especially特别、尤其,in particular特别地。
(2)表时间:first首先,then然后,next接着,after that在那之后,finally最后,now现在,at present现在,recently最近,afterwards以后、后来,after a while过了一会儿,in a few days 几天之后,from now on从现在起,from then on从那时起,at the same time同时,
meanwhile同时,till直到,not...until直到……才,when当……时,while当……时,as当……时,during在……期间。
(3)表解释说明:for example例如,for instance例如,such as比如,in this case在这种情况下,take...for example以……为例,in fact实际上、事实上,actually实际上、事实上。
单元盘点
词语串串练
As the necessities of life, clothes can ①reflect the character, taste of wearer.And it also ②keeps to some rules, such as status, occasions and season. So how we wear can make us more comfortable and confident.
Firstly, wear what you like. Maybe you have your unique character and taste, which can be ③revealed by your wearing styles. You may like ④fashionable clothes as most people do. Or you like comfortable sportswear. ⑤In my opinion, it’s okay as long as it suits you well.
Secondly, clothes should ⑥be appropriate for the occasions. If you are a golfer, you may prefer a sweatshirt and a pair of sneaker when you golf.But, when you attend a meeting, you should wear formally. As a worker, you may wear ⑦uniforms when you are working.
Thirdly, you’d better choose the size which is neither big nor small when you go shopping in the department store.Designers consider many respects for ⑧customers, so you can find the style ⑨on sale which you like most.
Fourth, wear clothes as the season changes. In spring, you can only wear a blouse. But when in winter the temperature is about minus centigrade ten degrees, you may be frozen if you just want to show off your good figure.
Fifth, choose these clothes whose ⑩cloth is comfortable. You’d better choose the tights made of cotton. Because we have made?advances in the cloth, you can see many beautiful clothes made from specific fiber and other materials. They don’t ?fade and they will be in good shape even if you over-wear it. What’s more, you don’t ?bother to wash them ?by_hand,_and just put them into a washer.
We can feel more confident if we wear tidily and comfortably. Why not wear the?pleasing clothes correctly? It can really make our life colorful like a rainbow.
作为生活的必需品,衣服能够反映出穿戴者的个性和品味。并且,它也遵守一些规则,比如身份,场合和季节。那么,如何穿着能让我们更舒服更有信心呢?
第一,穿你所喜爱的。或许,你有你独特的个性与品味,这可以通过你的穿衣风格显示出来。你可能像大多数人那样喜欢时髦的衣服。或者,你喜欢舒适的运动装。在我看来,只要它合适你就好。
第二,穿衣应该与场合合适。如果你是一个打高尔夫球的人,当你打高尔夫的时候,你可能更喜欢一件无领长袖运动服和一双运动
鞋。但是,当你参加会议的时候,你应该穿着正式一些。作为工人,当你工作的时候,你应该穿制服。
第三,当你去百货商店购物时,你最好选择那些尺寸既不大也不小的衣服。时装设计者们为顾客考虑了许多方面,因而你一定能在待售的款式中找到你最喜欢的。
第四,随着季节的变化穿衣。春季里,你可以只穿一件短上衣。但在冬季,气温大约在零下10摄氏度左右,如果你为了炫耀你的好身材仍然穿成那样的话,你可能会被冻僵。
第五,选择布料舒适的衣服。你最好选择由棉布做成的内衣。由于我们在衣料方面取得的进步,现在你能够看到许多由特定纤维制成的衣服,它们不褪色。即使你用力磨损它,它仍然能保持完好的形状。更重要的是,你不用费心地去用手洗它们,仅仅把它们一起放在洗衣机里就行了。
如果我们穿着整洁舒适的话,我们就会感到更加自信。为什么不正确地穿着那些令人愉快的衣服呢?它们真的能够让我们的生活像彩虹一样多彩。
高考对对碰
链接一 bother
(教材原句P66) I didn’t even bother to try on the other three pairs I had picked out.[高考例证]
(2011·高考天津卷) —I need to advertise for a roommate for next term.
—________? Mary is interested.
A.Why bother B.Why not
C.So what D.What for
你做对了吗?
选A。考查交际用语。说话人想登广告找一个室友,根据答语的第二句“Mary is interested.”可知答话人认为对方“没必要那么麻烦”,故选A项。B项“(提出或赞同建议)为什么不呢”,C项“(认为某事无关紧要)那又怎么样”,D项“为何目的”,均不符合语境。链接二 while
(教材原句P74) A coat can change its colour with the weather; the stripes on a shirt will disappear while you are wearing it...
[高考例证]
( 2011·高考陕西卷)________all of them are strong candidates, only one will be chosen for the post.
A.Since B.While C.If D.As
选B。考查状语从句。句意:虽然他们都是很强的候选人,但是只有一人能被选来担任这一职务。根据句意应该选B,while“虽然”引导让步状语从句。,链接三 reflect
(教材原句P75) A kind of new cloth for ski-wear can turn black to absorb sunlight when the temperature drops to below zero, and change to white at above 5 ℃ to reflect the sun.
[高考例证]
(2010·高考湖北卷) Just as the clothes a person wears, the food he eats and the friends with whom he spends his time, his house________his personality.
A.resembles B.strengthens
C.reflects D.shapes 选C。考查动词词义辨析。句意:就好像一个人穿什么,吃什么,以及和什么样的人交往能反映人的个性一样,一个人的住房也是如此。根据句意故选reflect“反映”;resemble “类似,像”; strengthen“加强,巩固”;shape作动词表示“塑形”。本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件8张PPT。Unit 5 Special Clothes教材背景链接
每天我们都穿着五颜六色的衣服,其实购买衣服的时候也有很多事项需要注意,那么我们在购
买衣服的时候要注意那些事项呢?那就让
我们通过下面的小短文去了解吧!
When you want to go shopping, decide how much money you can spend on new clothes. First,think about the kind of clothes you really need. Second, look for those clothes you really need. Then look for those clothes on sale.
There are labels(标签) inside all new clothes. The labels tell you how to take care of your clothes. The label for a shirt may tell you to wash it in warm water. A sweater label may tell you to wash it in cold water. The label on a coat may say “dry clean only”, for washing may ruin this coat. If you do as the directions(说明) on the label,
you can keep your clothes looking best for a long time.
Many clothes today must be dry cleaned. Dry cleaning is expensive. When buying new clothes, check to see if they will need to be dry cleaned. You will save money if you buy clothes that can be washed.
You can save money if you buy clothes that are well-made. Well-made clothes last longer. They look good even after they have beenwashed many times. Clothes that cost more money are not necessarily (不一定) better made. They do not always fit better.
Sometimes less expensive clothes look and fit better than more expensive clothes.
新课导入
看似简单的衣服,其实代表着很多东西。它可以体现一个人的性格、习惯……
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件18张PPT。Section Ⅰ Getting Ready,Reading & Comprehending—Warming Up?Step One:Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1.________________ n. 营养
2.________________ n. 多样(性)
3._____________ n. 保证(人/物)
4._____________ n. 成年人nutritionvarietyguaranteeadult5.___________ vt. 使保持平衡
6.__________ n. 饮食;食物
7.____________ adv. 恰当地;正确地
8.___________adj. 新鲜的
9.contribute vi. ___________________
10.well-balanced adj. _________________
11.extra adj. _______________________
12.fun_ction vi. _____________balancedietproperlyfresh 提供;有助于……很平衡的额外的;临时的起作用13.lack vi. __________________
14.standard n. ___________________
15.available adj. ____________________
16.source n. ______________________
17.complex adj. _______________
Ⅱ. 重点短语
1.get...__________... 从……获得……
2. as long _________只要缺乏;不足标准;水平可利用的;可得到的来源;根源复杂的fromas3.Depend______... 取决于……;依赖……
4.Contribute_______... 有助于……
5.be lacking ______sth. 某物不足;不够
6.cut _______剪掉;删掉;放弃
ontoinout?Step Two:Fast Reading
Scan the text and then choose the best answers according to the text.
1.________are of great importance for building our bodies in that they help us to build new cells as old ones die.
A.Fats B.Minerals
C.Proteins D.Carbohydrates
C2.Fat can be considered as________for our body.
A.fuel B.memory
C.a bank D.a mill
3.Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?( )
A.Vitamins are found in ice-cream,sausage and butter.BAB.We can get essential proteins by eating enough dairy foods,eggs and meat.
C.The more vitamins we take,the more energetic we’ll be.
D.Variety is a guarantee of good nutrition.
4.Why are people’s beliefs about nutrition changing?( )
A.Because new information about nutrition becomes available.AB.Because new lifestyles appear.
C.Because people’s opinion change.
D.The passage doesn’t mention.
?Step Three:Careful Reading
Ⅰ. Read the text and answer the following questions.
1.What do adults should do in order to keep healthy?
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
答案:In order to keep healthy, adults should get a balanced diet by including several servings daily from the main groups, which are proteins, carbohydrates, fats, minerals and vitamins.2.Where can we get protein?
____________________________________________________________________________3.What does nutritional value depend on?
____________________________________________________________________________答案:We can get protein from meat, fish, nuts, cheese, eggs and beans.答案:Nutritional value depends on what types of food you eat.Ⅱ.Read the text again and fill in the blanks.
buildingenablefatmineralsvitaminsproteinsdependsstarchylackingavailableStep Four: Consolidation
Test your Nutrition IQ
Variety is not a 1.____________ of good nutrition. But in order to stay healthy,2.__________ can get a 3.____________ diet by including several servings daily from the following main groups. Proteins help us to build new 4._______ as old ones die. Carbohydrates are important to 5._________ us to store energy. guaranteeadultsbalancedcellsenableWe also need minerals and vitamins to help our body work 6.__________.
As 7.________ as people eat enough dairy foods, eggs, and meat, they can get essential proteins.
Nutritional value 8._________ on what types of food you eat. Eating a hard-boiled egg or an orange as a snack can 9.___________ to a well-balanced diet.
properlylongdependscontributeNow you can say you know something about food and nutrition by today’s 10.___________.
?Step Five: Discussion
As we all know, it is not difficult to keep healthy, and it is most important to have a healthy diet. Do you have a healthy diet? If not, what do you think you should do?
______________________________________
standards本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件60张PPT。SectionⅡ Getting Ready,Reading & Comprehending—Language Study词汇精研
1 variety n. 多样(性) ;不同种类
(教材原句)Variety is not a guarantee of good nutrition.
品种多并不能确保营养好。
归纳拓展
1) a variety of + n.(复数) 各种各样的
varieties of + n. (可数或不可数) 各种各样的
2) vary vi.& vt. 有变化;改变
various adj. 不同的;各种各样的
①There is a wide variety of pictures to choose from.
有种类繁多的图画可供选择。
②Opinions on this matter vary from person to person.
对于这件事,人人意见不一。
2 guarantee n.& v.保证;担保
(教材原句)Variety is not a guarantee of good nutrition.
品种多并不能确保营养好。
归纳拓展
1) guarantee sb.sth./guarantee sth.to sb.向某人保证……
guarantee that... 保证,担保……
guarantee to do 保证做;担保做2) be under guarantee 在保修期内
give sb. a guarantee (that) 向某人保证……
①We cannot guarantee that our flights will never be delayed.我们不能保证我们的所有航班永远不误点。
②We guarantee to deliver within a week.
我们保证一周内送到。
③This camera has a two-year guarantee.
这架照相机保修两年。
3balance v.使保持平衡;平衡;权衡;n.平衡;天平
(教材原句) But in order to stay healthy, adults can get a balanced diet by including several servings daily from the following main groups. 但是为了保持健康,成年人可以从以下几种食品中获得均衡的饮食。
归纳拓展
1) keep one’s balance 保持平衡
lose one’s balance 失去平衡
keep the balance of nature 保持生态平衡
a sense of balance 平衡感
2) balanced adj. 平稳的,安定的,和谐的
keep a balanced diet 保持饮食平衡
助记巧学活用
1-1选词填空 (vary/ various/ variety)
(1)We all need __________ in our diet.
(2)He left for a __________ of reasons.
(3)There are __________ colours to choose from.
(4)Teaching methods __________ greatly from school to school.
varietyvarietyvariousvary1-2单项填空
The prices of meat________greatly with seasons.
A.varies B.various
C.vary D.variety
解析:选C。句意: 肉的价格随着季节的变化而有很大不同。根据句意,因为主语是prices,故谓语动词用vary。vary是动词“变化,不同”;various是形容词“不同的,各种各样的”;variety是名词“多样性”。
2-1完成句子
(1)这台电视机仍在保修期内。
The TV set is still __________________.
(2)即使你完成了培训,我也无法保证你能有工作。
Even if you complete your training,I can’t ________________________.
under guaranteeguarantee you a job2-2单项填空
We cannot________the arrival of trains on time in foggy weather.
A.be sure B.guard
C.guarantee D.sure
解析:选C。be sure“确信”,不能与cannot连用;guard“保卫,守卫”;guarantee“保证,担保”;sure词性不对。根据句意选C项。3-1完成句子
(1)我们必须保护野生动物来保持自然界的生态平衡。
We should protect the wild animals to ____________________________.
(2)他失去平衡,从自行车上跌了下来。
He ________________ and fell off his bicycle.
(3)孩子骑在他的新自行车上不能保持平衡。
The child couldn’t __________________ on his new bicycle.
keep the balance of naturelost his balancekeep his balance3-2单项填空
(2011·高考山东卷)There’s a________in our office that when it’s somebody’s birthday, they bring in a cake for us all to share.
A.tradition
B.balance
C.concern
D.relationship解析:选A。考查名词的辨析。句意“我们办公室有个传统:轮到某个人的生日时,他就带蛋糕来与大家分享。”tradition传统;balance平衡;concern关心;relationship关系,联系。句中somebody 与they相照应,说明不止一次,因此用tradition作答案。
①I found it hard to keep my balance on the icy path.
我发现在结冰的路面上走时很难保持身体平衡。
②Riding a bike helps develop a child’s sense of balance.
骑自行车有助于培养孩子的平衡感。
4as long as 只要(=so long as);长达……,和……一样长
(教材原句)As long as people eat enough dairy foods,eggs,and meat,they can get essential proteins.
只要人们吃足够的奶制品,鸡蛋和肉,就能获得足够的蛋白质。
归纳拓展
1)as /so long as =on condition that/if只要
2)as good as... 与……一样好;几乎……
as far as 远至;就……而言
as well as 和……一样好;和;既……又……
①As long as you can come back before 10 o’clock, you can go out.
只要你能在10点钟之前回来,你可以外出。
②The newly-built bridge is as long as the old one.
新建成的这座桥和那座旧桥一样长。
5 depend on 取决于……;依赖……
(教材原句)Nutritional value depends on what types of food you eat,not when you eat them. 营养价值取决于你吃哪种类型的食物,而不是你什么时候吃。归纳拓展
1) depend on sb./sth. 取决于……;依赖……
depend on sb.to do sth.= depend on sb.’s doing sth.指望/相信某人做某事
depend on/upon it that...指望;对……深信不疑
depend on + wh-从句 取决于……
2) That depends./It all depends.视情况而定。
①He depends on his parents to take care of the children.
他依靠父母照顾孩子。
②You may depend on it that she will help you.
你可以相信她会帮助你的。6contribute v. 提供;捐献;贡献;捐助
(教材原句)Eating a hard-boiled egg or an orange as a snack can contribute to a well-balanced diet.
作为零食,吃一个煮鸡蛋或桔子都有利于平衡饮食。归纳拓展
1) contribute...to...把……贡献给……
contribute to...导致……;有助于……;向……投稿
2) contribution n. 贡献;捐款;稿件
make a contribution/ contributions to... 对……做出贡献
①He contributed some money to the flood victims.
他捐出一些钱给遭受水灾的难民。
②A proper amount of exercise contributes to good health.
适度运动有益于健康。
4-1翻译句子
(1)你只要能按时归还,我会把自行车借给你的。
________________________________________________________________________
(2)这条线是那条线的四倍长。
______________________________________I will lend you my bike as long as you return it on time.This line is four times as long as that one.4-2单项填空
________I can see,there is only one possible way to keep away from the danger.
A.As long as B.As far as
C.Just as D.Even if
解析:选B。as far as I can see据我所知。as long as只要,表示条件;just as就像……,表示方式;even if即使,表示让步;皆不符合语境。
?
5-1完成句子
(1)我们相信你在星期五以前可以完成这件工作。
We’re _________________________ the job by Friday.
(2)你可以相信她会准时到来。
You may _______________________ on time.
depending on you to finish depend on her arriving5-2单项填空
—May I use your computer on Sunday morning?
—________. I might use it then.
A.That’s all right
B.Never mind
C.No way
D.It all depends
解析:选D。考查交际用语。根据答语的第二句“那时我可能要用”,可判断说话人现在不确定。此处应选“It all depends”,表示“到时候再说吧”。That’s all right表示“没关系”;Never mind表示“别介意”;No way表示“不行,没门儿”。
名师微博 depend on为及物动词短语但无被动语态。
6-1完成句子
(1)他对太空发展计划有很大的贡献。
He has __________________________ the space development program.
(2)他的粗心导致了事故的发生。
His carelessness _______________ to the accident.
made great contributions tocontributed6-2单项填空
I’m sure your suggestions will________the problem.
A.contribute to solving
B.contribute to solve
C.be contributed to solve
D.be contributed to solving
解析:选A。contribute to 有助于,to为介词,且不用于被动语态,故选A。
?名师微博 contribute to和 make a contribution to中的 to都为介词,其后要跟名词、代词或动名词来作宾语。
7lack v.缺乏;不足;n. 没有;不足;缺乏
(教材原句)Proper weight alone doesn’t show whether a diet is lacking in vitamins and minerals.
仅仅适当的体重并不能说明饮食中是否缺乏维生素和矿物质。
归纳拓展
①They lacked the money to send him to university.
他们没钱送他上大学。
②They are so rich that they lack for nothing.
他们非常富裕,什么也不缺。
③He has got a bad headache for lack of sleep.
因缺乏睡眠他患上了严重的头痛。
8cut out 剪掉;删掉;放弃
(教材原句)If you cut_out starchy foods, such as peas, potatoes, bread, and rice, you cut out very good sources of several vitamins, such as Vitamin B and Vitamin C, and other nutritions. 如果你减少淀粉类食物,如豌豆、土豆、面包以及米饭,你的食物中就少了好几种维生素,如维生素B、维生素C以及其他营养的好来源。归纳拓展
leave out 省略;忽略;遗漏
call off 取消(约定等)
put off 推迟;延期
cut out 删除
①Go over it and cut out the paragraph unnecessary for the essay.读一遍,把论文中不必要的段落删掉。
②If you cut out the drink you’d feel much healthier.
如果你戒酒,就会觉得身体好得多。
9 available adj. 可利用的;可得到的;可获得的
(教材原句)But remember that nutrition is a complex and growing science and that today’s beliefs may be changed as new information becomes available. 但是请记住,营养是一门复杂和变化着的科学,随着新信息唾手可得,今天的观念也会改变。
归纳拓展
be available to sb. 为某人可获得/利用
①You will be made known when the book becomes available.那本书一到就通知你。
②There is no other table available. Would you like to wait?现在没有其他的空位了,您能等一会儿吗?
7-1完成句子
(1)汤姆的父母确保他什么都不缺。
Tom’s parents made sure that he_________________________.
(2)他似乎缺乏常识。
He seems to______________common sense.
(3)他工作不错,但似乎缺乏信心。
He is good at his job but seems to________confidence.
lacked for nothingbe lacking inlack7-2单项填空
Health problems are closely connected with bad eating habits and a________of exercise.
A.limit B.lack
C.need D.demand
解析:选B。句意:健康出现问题与不良的饮食习惯和缺乏锻炼密切相关。lack意为“缺乏”,a lack of sth.表示“缺乏某物”。limit限制;need需要;demand需求。
?名师微博 lack是及物动词,后直接接宾语,无需加介词;名词lack后接of。
8-1完成句子
(1)The doctor told me to ____________ (停止)meat for my fat.
(2)Why was the football match __________(取消)?
(3)She ____________(漏掉了) a “c” in “account”.
cut outcalled offleft out8-2单项填空
—Any good tips for me?
—You’d better________the unimportant details.
A.cut down B.cut off
C.cut in D.cut out
解析:选D。根据句中信息词unimportant details使用cut out,表示“删去;删掉”之意;cut down 砍伐;削减;cut off切断,中断;cut in插入。
9-1完成句子
(1)图书馆在暑假开放吗?
Is the library____________during the summer vacation?
(2)这些衣服没有你的尺寸。
These dresses are not____________in your size.
availableavailable9-2单项填空
Our new house is very________for me as I can get to the office in five minutes.
A.adaptable B.comfortable
C.convenient D.available
解析:选C。由in five minutes可知,此处应表示“便利的,方便的”。A项意为“能适应的”;B项意为“舒适的”;D项意为“可以利用的”,均不符合句意。
?
名师微博 available作定语时,必须后置。句型巧析
1(教材原句) Proteins are very important for building our bodies; they help us to build new cells as old ones die. 对于我们身体的生长蛋白质是非常重要的,它们有助于在老细胞死亡的同时造出新细胞。
But taking more than what the body needs doesn’t make it fun_ction better just as overfilling your gas tank won’t make your car run better. 但如果超过身体所需,不会使身体更健康,因为就像给汽车油箱超额加油,并不会使你的车行驶得更好。
[句法分析] 第一句中as old ones die中的as是连词,引导时间状语从句。第二句中的as overfilling your gas tank won’t make your car run better中的as引导原因状语从句。
①As she grew older, she became more confident.
随着年龄的增长,她变得更自信了。
②As I had a cold, I was absent from school.
因为我感冒了,所以我没有上课。
归纳拓展
1)as引导时间状语从句,意为“当……时候”,
As the sun rose the frog dispersed.
太阳一出来雾就消散。
2)引导原因状语从句,表示“由于;因为” 常用来表示已为人们所知或显而易见的原因或理由。 As he wasn’t ready in time, we went without him.
因为他未及时准备好,我们没有等他就走了。
3) 引导比较状语从句,意为“像……一样”,主要用于as...as... ,其否定式为not as/so +adj./ adv. +as。
4) 引导方式状语从句,意为“像”、“按照……的方式”。
When at Rome,do as Romans do.入乡随俗。5) 引导让步状语从句,意为“尽管”,从句中的表语、状语或动词需置于as之前,构成倒装语序;即adj. /adv. / n./ v.+ as +主语+谓语+主句。
③Young as he is, he knows a lot about football.
虽然他很小,他对足球所知甚多。
④Hard as he worked, he failed in the exam.
他学习很努力,但是考试却没有及格。
⑤Try as he will, he never seems able to control himself.
虽然他决心努力工作,但是他似乎控制不住自己。
2(教材原句) It is widely believed that extra vitamins provide more energy.
人们普遍相信额外的维生素会提供更多能量。[句法分析] 主句属于“It is believed that...”句型,意为:人们相信/认为……。其中it是形式主语,句子真正的主语是that引导的从句。该句型可改写成“Sth./ Sb. is believed to do/to be...”或“People believe that...”。
He is believed to be fit for the position. =It is believed that he is fit for the position. =People believe that he is fit for the position.
人们认为他是这个职位的合适人选。
归纳拓展
It is said that... 据说……
It is reported that... 据报道……
It is suggested that... 有人建议……
It is thought that... 人们认为……
It is known that... 众所周知……
巧学活用
1-1完成句子
(1)______________(尽管他是个孩子), he likes to be treated like an adult.
(2)She stayed in bed
_________________________(依照医生的吩咐).
(3)He saw that she was smiling
______________________(她一边看电视).Boy as he isas the doctor had orderedas she watched TV1-2单项填空
Mount Wuyi is such an attractive place of interest______everyone likes to visit.
A.that B.as
C.which D.what
解析:选B。句意:武夷山是一个大家都爱去参观的旅游胜地。Such...as...意思是:像……一样的,as既是定语从句的引导词又在句中作宾语;如果visit后有it,则选A。
2-1翻译句子
人们认为今年的洪水是百年来最大的一次。
(1)________________________________________________________________________
(2)________________________________________________________________________
(3)________________________________________________________________________
It is believed that the flood this year is the biggest in 100 years.People believe that the flood this year is the biggest in 100 years.The flood this year is believed to be the biggest in 100 years.2-2单项填空
It is often________that human beings are naturally equipped to speak.
A.said B.to say
C.saying D.being said
解析:选A。句意:据说人类天生就有说话的能力。It is said that...为固定句型,意为“据说……”。
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件44张PPT。Section Ⅲ Language Focus,Listening and Speaking,
Writing & Further Reading?Step One:Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1.____________ n. 结果
2._________ prep. 与……不同
3.______________ vt. 用尽,消耗
4._____________ n. 证据
5._____________ adv. 特别;尤其resultunlikeconsumeevidenceparticularly6._______________ n. 集中注意力;专心
7.__________ n. 专家
8.stress vt./n. _______________
9.importance n. ______________
10.daily adj. ___________________
11.digest vi. _____________
12.normally adv. ________________
13.wholesome adj. _________________
14.mood n. ___________________
concentrationexpert强调;着重重要(性)每日的,日常的消化通常地;正常地有益的;健全的心情;情绪Ⅱ. 重点短语
1.all kinds _______各种各类的
2.different kinds______ 不同种类的
3.____ class 在课堂上
4.________ weight 减肥
5._____ noon 在中午
6._________ weight 增加体重
7.Instead________... (用……)代替……
of of inloseatgain of8.be up______... 长达……
9.stress the importance______... 强调……的重要性
10._______ example 例如
?Step Two:Fast Reading
Ⅰ. Scan the text on Page 86 and then choose the best answers according to the text.
1.________is the most important meal according to the passage.toofforAA.Breakfast B.Lunch
C.Supper D.Snack
2.________does not show the importance of breakfast.
A.Breakfast is the first meal of the day
B.People haven’t eaten for a very long time
C.Breakfast provides us with energy
D.Breakfast improves our concentration and mood
A3.Most countries in the world regard supper as the most important meal except________.
A.China B.Mexico
C.the U.S. D.France
B4.________is the best way to live a healthy life.
A.Going to bed early and getting up early
B.Keeping a good mood
C.Keeping to a balanced diet
D.Exercising regularly
CⅡ. Read the text on Page 86 and fill in the blanks.
There is a 1._________ :Breakfast like a king, lunch like a prince, and dinner like a pauper—a very poor person.2.__________
your evening meal, the food you 3._________
for breakfast will give you energy to use while you are active during the day. sayingUnlikeconsumeThere is 4._________ that eating a big breakfast, particularly one containing whole 5.__________ and fruit, can improve your 6.________________ and mood. Although health experts 7._________ the importance of eating a good breakfast, not many people are changing their eating habits.8.__________ to a balanced diet of nutritions, low-calorie is the best way to enjoy a healthy life.
evidencegrainsconcentrationstressKeeping词汇精研
1 result n. 结果;vi.产生,导致;起因于
归纳拓展
1) as a result 结果
as a result of 作为……的结果,由于
without result 毫无结果地
2)result from 起因于
result in( =lead to) 导致
①These problems are the result of years of bad management.这些问题是由于多年管理不善而造成的。
②The boy worked hard. As a result,he passed the examination.这个男孩努力学习,结果,他通过了考试。
2instead of 代替;而不是
归纳拓展
instead adv. 代替, 反而
take the place of= take one’s place代替……
①He is too busy, let me go instead.
他太忙了,让我去吧。
②Let’s play cards instead of watching television.
咱们玩纸牌吧, 别看电视了。
③John is ill and I want to know who is going to take the place of him. 约翰病了,我想知道谁要代替他。
3advise sb. to do 建议某人做某事
(教材原句)So why does this saying advise us to eat a large breakfast instead? 可为何这种说法建议我们要吃一顿丰盛的早餐呢?归纳拓展
1) advise (doing) sth. 建议(做)某事
advise sb. that... 建议某人……(从句中的谓语动词用should+动词原形,should可以省略)
2) advice n .劝告, 忠告, 建议
①The doctor advised (taking) a week’s rest.
医生建议休息一周。
②Tell me the reason (why) he refused to listen to my advice?告诉我为何他拒绝听从我的劝告。
4concentration n. 集中注意力;专心
(教材原句)There is evidence that eating a big breakfast,particularly one containing whole grains and fruit,can improve your concentration and mood.
事实表明吃一顿丰盛的早餐,尤其是含有谷物、水果的早餐有助于改善你的注意力和情绪。
巧学活用
1-1完成句子
(1)She was late __________________________(由于下大雪).
(2)The accident ________________ (导致)the death of two passengers.
(3)His illness ________________(由于)eating some polluted food.
as a result of heavy snow resulted inresulted from 1-2单项填空
Jenny nearly missed the flight________doing too much shopping.
A.as a result of B.on top of
C.in front of D.in need of
解析:选A。考查固定词组辨析。句意:由于购物花费时间太多,珍妮差点错过航班。as a result of由于,作为……的结果;on top of 除……之外,另外;in front of在……前面;in need of 需要……。
?
名师微博 as a result单独使用作状语,多位于句首,用逗号隔开;as a result of=because of 引起表示原因的短语,位于句首或句末。
2-1选词填空 (instead/instead of/in place of/take the place of)
(1)I’ll go to see her _____________________
you.
(2)We didn’t have enough money for a movie,so we went to the park ____________.instead of / in place ofinstead(3)I’ll ___________________ our manager to attend the meeting.
2-2单项填空
Bob is ill today. Who can________him in our football match?
A.replace B.take place
C.instead of D.in the place of
take the place of解析:选A。按照句意此处有代替之意并且需要动词作谓语,replace=take the place of。instead of是介词短语,不能作谓语。
名师微博 instead of而不是,还可表示“代替”。此结构肯定前部分而否定后部分。instead 否定前部分而肯定后部分。
3-1翻译句子
(1)我们建议他们应该及早开始。
________________________________________________________________________
(2)我建议用不同的方法。
____________________________________We advised that they should start early/advised them to start early.I advise using different ways.归纳拓展
concentrate v.专心于;注意
concentrate on 集中;全神贯注于……
concentrate sth.on sth./doing sth. 专心致志于某事/做某事
concentrate one’s attention on致力于……;把注意力集中在……
①A driver should concentrate on the road when driving. 开车时驾驶员的注意力要集中在路上。
②We should concentrate our attention on work this month.我们这个月应把注意力集中在工作上面。
5mood n. 心情;情绪
(教材原句)There is evidence that eating a big breakfast,particularly one containing whole grains and fruit,can improve your concentration and mood.
事实表明吃一顿丰盛的早餐,尤其是含有谷物、水果的早餐有助于改善你的注意力和情绪。归纳拓展
1)in a good /bad mood心情好/坏
be/feel in the mood for sth. /to do sth. 有做某事的心情
be in no mood for sth. /to do sth. 不想做某事
2) moody adj 喜怒无常的;忧郁的
①She’s in a good mood today. 她今天心情很好。
②I’m not in the mood to disagree with you.
我没有心思跟你争论。
6stress vt.强调;着重;加压力于;n. 压力;重音
(教材原句)Although health experts stress the importance of eating a good breakfast and having one’s main meal earlier in the day,not many people are changing their daily eating habits. 虽然健康专家强调吃一顿丰富的早餐和在一天中较早的时候吃正餐的重要性,但并没有太多的人改变他们的饮食习惯。
归纳拓展
1)under stress 在压力之下
under the stress of... 在……压力下
lay/place/put stress on sth. 强调某事物
2) stress the importance of... 强调……的重要性
①There is no doubt that stress can lead to physical illness. 毫无疑问,心理压力会导致生理疾病。
②He stressed the importance of a good education.
他强调了接受良好教育的重要性。
③She has been under a lot of stress since her mother’s illness. 她自从母亲病倒后一直忧心忡忡。4-1完成句子
(1)吵闹声不绝于耳,我无法集中精力学习。
I can’t _______________ my studies with all that noise going on.
(2)我们必须致力于改进教育工作。
We must ____________________________improving education.
concentrate onconcentrate our efforts on4-2单项填空
I was sleepy,so I shook my head and tried________what I was doing.
A.to concentrate on
B.focusing on
C.devoting to
D.to look forward to解析:选A。concentrate on集中思想于……,focus on 集中注意力,devote to 献身于,look forward to期待。由结构和搭配(try to do)可知应选A。
5-1完成句子
(1)她想在树林里走一走。
She was ________________ a walk in the woods.in the mood for(2)我不想再争论了。
I was ________________ argue any more.
(3)老板现在心情不好,你最好不要自找麻烦了。
The boss is not ________________ now; you’d better not ask for trouble.
in no mood toin a good mood5-2单项填空
Jeremy is well-known for his great sense of humour,but he is in no________for telling jokes today.
A.mood B.emotion
C.attitude D.feeling
解析:选A。be/feel in the mood for sth./to do sth.意为“有意做某事,有做某事的心情”。句意:杰里米以幽默感闻名,但他今天没有心情讲笑话。
6-1完成句子
(1)最近,他一直压力很大。
He has been_________________recently.
(2)作为学生,我们应将重点放在学习上。
As students,we should_________________________our studies.
under great stressput /place/ lay stress on6-2单项填空
Cooperation or teamwork,the importance of which is often________,plays an important part in football matches.
A.stressed B.laid stress
C.paid much attention D.talked
解析:选A。考查动词和动词短语的区别。句意为:合作或团队协作在足球比赛中起着很重要的作用,其重要性经常被强调。stress the importance of...强调……的重要性。句型巧析
(教材原句)Many nutritionists suggest that people eat small,low-fat meals five or six times a day.
很多营养学家建议人们每天饮食五或六次少量低脂肪食品。
[句法分析] suggest当“建议、提议”,后接宾语从句时,从句中使用虚拟语气,即“should+动词原形”,should可以省略。①She suggested that we (should) write that into the contract.她建议我们把那一点写进合同。
归纳拓展
1)suggest(doing)sth.建议(做)某事
suggestion n.建议,提议
2) 当suggest意为“暗示,显示”之意时,其后宾语从句要使用陈述语气。
②The smile on his face suggested that he was satisfied with our work.他脸上的笑容表明他对我们的工作很满意。
③The doctor suggested that she (should) come another day.
医生建议她改天再来。巧学活用
1-1用所给动词的适当形式填空
(1)The nutritionist suggested that we _______________(have)breakfast every day.
(2)His puzzled expression suggested that he _____________________(not understand) the foreigner’s words.should havedidn’t understand1-2单项填空
Johnson suggested the problem worth paying attention________at the meeting.
A.to be discussed
B.to been discussed
C.being discussed
D.should be discussed解析:选A。worth paying attention to为形容词短语作后置定语,修饰problem,相当于the problem which is worth paying attention to。 suggest当“建议”讲时,从句的被动式应用(should) +be done,故本题选A。
名师微博 在名词suggestion后的表语从句和同位语从句的谓语动词也要用should_+动词原形,其中should也可以省略。
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件64张PPT。Section Ⅳ Grammar & Writing 品味语法讲解归纳
现在进行时表示将来
1.现在进行时表示将来主要用于表示按计划或安排将要发生的动作或事件。这种用法给人一种期待感,常表示最近或较近的将来。有此用法的动词多是位移动词,如arrive,come, get(to), go, leave, return, start, travel, take off, fly, see off等。
I’m leaving tomorrow.我明天走。He is returning next week from Korea.
他下个星期将从韩国返回。
2.表示将来的现在进行时除使用位移动词外,也可使用某些非位移动词,如do,buy,meet,have,play,spend等,此时句中一般要有表示将来的时间状语。
We are playing basketball this afternoon.
今天下午我们打篮球。Her mother is buying her a mountain bike this weekend.
母亲这个周末将给她买一辆山地自行车。
3. 现在进行时除了表示按计划或安排将要发生的动作外,还可以用于下列用法。
(1)表示说话时正在进行的尚未完成的动作或状态。
Our manager is having a meeting right now.
我们的经理现在正在开会。
Look! The students are playing basketball on the playground. 看,那些学生们正在操场上打篮球。
(2)表示现阶段正在进行的动作,虽然此刻动作不一定正在进行。
People in London are preparing for the 2012 Olympic Games.伦敦的人们正在为2012年的奥运会做准备。
What are you doing recently? 你最近在忙些什么?
(3)现在进行时与副词always,repeatedly,constantly,forever等连用,强调不断重复等意,表示赞成、厌烦、生气、埋怨等语气。
He is always making fun of others. 他总是拿别人开玩笑。
Parents are forever thinking of their children.
父母永远都为孩子着想。
4. 以下几种表达方式也可表示将来含义:(1) will/shall do表达单纯的将来,可用于说话时才想到或决定的事。
—Have you told her about the news?
你告诉她那个消息了吗?
—Sorry, I forgot.I will tell her tomorrow.
抱歉,我忘了。我明天告诉她。
(2)be going to do用来表示近期或事先考虑要发生的事情以及有迹象表明将要发生的事。There are more and more black clouds in the sky. It is going to rain. 空中的乌云越来越多,要下雨了。
(3)be to do表示注定会发生或按计划或安排将要发生的动作。
He is to be a good dancer.他注定会成为一名优秀的舞蹈家。
(4)be about to do意为“刚要,正要”,表示非常近的将来。be about to do不能和表示将来时间的副词连用.
I am about to go to work. 我正要去上班。
(5)一般现在时也可以表示将来。通常用于状语从句中或按规定(时刻表、计划表、日程表等)将要发生的动作。
The flight to New York takes off at five this afternoon.
飞往纽约的航班今天下午五点起飞。
5.时态用法上的区别:
(1)现在进行时表示将来与表示正在进行的动作之间是有区别的:前者通常用短暂性动词;而后者通常用延续性动词。
The bus is arriving soon.
My father is watching the football game.
(2)现在进行时与一般现在时表示将来之间也是有区别的:前者表示的将来动作往往是可以改变的,马上要发生的;而后者则是根据规定或时刻表要发生的动作或事情,因此往往是不可改变或不可随便改变的,不一定马上发生。
What are you doing this weekend?
The plane takes off at 11 o’clock tonight.
专题训练
ⅠⅠ.用所给动词的适当形式填空
1.Wang Kun and Wang
Wei_______________(start) to look up some information about the Mekong River in the library this weekend.
2.We were supposed to go but we were having so much fun that now we____________(stay) for another day.are startingare staying3.I’ll go to see some old classmates as soon as I____________(arrive) in Beijing next month.
4.—Have you decided when you’ll go to Sanya?
—Yes, I____________(leave) on Sunday
5.Do you know when Mary____________(fly) to Shanghai?
arriveam leavingis flying6.He________always____________(get)
ready to help others, so everyone sings high praise for him.
7.He____________(write) a book about his experiences in Africa these days.
8.How many of you____________(come) to the party tonight?
9.I____________(take) my daughter to the Central Park this Saturday.isgettingis writingare comingam taking10.The match___________________(start) at 3∶30 p. m..
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.他们星期天要带孩子们去动物园。
They__________________________________on Sunday.
2.下一站车要停在Elm Grove站。
The bus____________at Elm Grove.
is starting/ startsare taking the children to the zoois stopping3.——你的大衣在哪儿,迪克?
—Where is your coat, Dick?
——它挂在门后。
—It_____________________________.
4.穿上大衣!我带你下楼看医生去。
Put on your coat! I______________________________downstairs.
is hanging there behind the dooram taking you to see the doctor5.看这幅图,那些孩子正在公园放风筝。
Look at the picture. The children________________in the park.
Ⅲ.单项填空
1.Jet Li said he________Yunnan where he had planted coffee himself the next spring.
A.visited B.will visit
C.is visiting D.was visiting
are flying kites解析:选D。由时间状语the next spring可知用一般将来时态,又因为主句为一般过去时态,故选D。
2.Ladies and gentlemen, the show________.Please turn off your cellphones.
A.is beginning B.has begun
C.was beginning D.began
解析:选A。由句意可知,演出即将开始,所以选A。3. —I don’t think the headmaster knows who did it.
—Well, surprisingly she does. A boy________in her office now.
A.has been questioned
B.is being questioned
C.is questioning
D.has questioned
解析:选B。根据对话内容可知,“这个男孩正在被盘问”,强调说话时正在进行的动作。故正确答案为B。
4.My money________I must go to the bank to draw some of my saving out before I’ve none in hand.
A.has run out B.is running out
C.was running out D.runs out
解析:选B。由后句:在我手头空了之前我必须到银行提取一些存款。可知前句句意为:我的钱快用光了。用现在进行时表将来。
5.I don’t understand why you________your mind constantly! We haven’t been able to decide where to spend our holiday, you know?
A.change B.will change
C.are changing D.have changed
解析:选C。考查时态。句中constantly是关键词,说明被质问者总是在改变主意。用进行时符合语境。
6.—Are you still busy?
—Yes, I________my work and it won’t take long.
A.just finish B.am just finishing
C.have just finished D.just finished
解析:选B。由“it won’t take long”可知工作将要完成,故用现在进行时态表将来。
7.—Is this handbag yours?
—No, mine________there on the wall.
A.hangs B.has hung
C.is hanging D.hung
解析:选C。句意为:我的手提包在墙上挂着。故选C。
8.—Why did you buy so much food, mum?
—Your grandparents________to spend this weekend with us.
A.are coming B.come
C.were coming D.came
解析:选A。由句中this weekend这一将来时间可排除C、D,位移动词常用现在进行时态表示计划将来发生的动作。
9.Because the shop________all the T-shirts are sold at a half price.
A.has closed down B.closed down
C.is closing down D.had closed down
解析:选C。句意:因为这家商店将要关闭,所以所有的T恤都将半价销售。现在进行时在此表示在不久的将来就要发生的事情。
10.—I hear you’ve won a holiday to New York.
—Yes. And I________my daughter.
A.am taking B.take
C.took D.have taken
解析:A 句意为:——我听说你得到了去纽约的假期。——是的,我要带我女儿去。故选A。如何写健康生活类文章
写作要求
2007年4月29日上午10点到11点,全国亿万学生阳光体育活动在各地大中小学校同时举行。江苏省1100万学生积极参与了这项活动。
教育部倡导学生:※每天锻炼一小时
※健康工作五十年
※幸福生活一辈子
请你根据以上提示,用英语准备一份发言稿,向同学们讲述一下阳光体育活动的有关情况,并就高三学生是否需要每天花一小时锻炼,谈谈你的看法及理由。注意:1.发言稿应包括以上所有信息,要适当发挥;
2.词数120左右。发言稿的开头和结尾已经写好,不计入总词数。
参考词汇:阳光体育活动—a national student sports program
教育部—the Ministry of Education
Good afternoon, everyone,
______________________________________
Thank you!
审题谋篇
(1)审题构思
一定体裁,本文为应用文体;注意发言稿格式;
二定人称,本文为第一人称;
三定时态,本文开头部分是叙述一件过去的事情,要用过去式;教育部的倡导及本人看法应为现在时态。(2)篇章结构
第一段:活动叙述;
第二段:教育部倡议;
第三段:看法及理由。
(3)内容要点
a.介绍阳光体育活动:时间,地点,人物;
b.教育部的倡导内容;
c.发表自己的观点及理由。
写作要点
1.教育部号召同学们每天锻炼一小时,希望同学们有健康的身体,以便健康工作五十年,幸福生活一辈子。
①The Ministry of Education calls on students ______________ for an hour every day in the hope that they will have good health to work fifty years and _______________________.to have sportsenjoy the whole life②The Ministry of Education calls on students _________________ for an hour every day hoping that they will have good health to work fifty years and ______________________.
to take exercisespend their life happily2. 依我看来,对高三的学生来说每天进行锻炼是很有必要的。
①___________________, it is more necessary for students in Senior 3 to have daily exercise.
②________________, it is more necessary for students in Senior 3 to take exercise every day.
In my point of viewIn my opinion3. 体育锻炼可以帮助我们强身健体,保持清醒的头脑。
①Taking exercise helps us _______________________ and keep a clear mind.
②Taking exercise helps us ____________________ and keep a clear mind.
build up our bodyhave a strong body佳作欣赏
Good afternoon, everyone,
On the morning of April 29 2007, from 10∶00 to 11∶00 hundreds of millions of students from primary,middle schools and universities all over the country took part in a national student sports program together. In Jiangsu Province, 11,000,000 students joined in it actively.
The Ministry of Education calls on students to have sports for an hour every day in the hope that they will have good health to work fifty years and enjoy the whole life.
In my point of view, it is more necessary for students in Senior 3 to have daily exercise. Although we take an hour a day for exercise, it is well worth it. Taking exercise helps us build up our body and keep a clear mind. Therefore, we can work more efficiently.
Thank you!名师点津
【美文点津】
(1)本文结构清晰,采用三段式,前两段叙述,后一段发表观点,叙述清晰,观点中肯;
(2)高级词汇call on, be worth 以及that引导的同位语从句和although引导的让步状语从句,it作形式主语代替后面的不定式等高级句式使用准确,熟练。
【类文点津】
(1)话题类:文章内容若单纯为提倡某种健康生活方式或批判某种不健康生活方式,则:
a.开篇点题,阐述该生活方式,表述要简洁准确;
b.阐述该方式的利或弊,条理要清晰,论据要有力;
c.阐明自己的观点。
(2)调查类:文章内容若为对某种生活方式的调查,则:
a.开篇点题,表明调查的目的和对象;
b.表述调查的不同结果;
c.提出自己的意见和建议。
【常用词汇】
1.健康词汇
physical and mental health/ be healthy in body and mind/ keep healthy physically and mentally身心健康,healthy健康的,fitness/health健康,in good health /in bad health /in poor health 健康状况良/不好,break down身体垮掉etc.。
Health is better than wealth. /Good health is above wealth.[谚]健康胜于财富。2.饮食词汇
go on a diet节食,lose weight减肥,slim苗条,fat胖的,starve挨饿,be good for /do good to/be beneficial to your health对你的健康有益,fruit水果,vegetable蔬菜,milk牛奶,rice米饭,noodles面条etc.。
3.锻炼词汇
take exercise进行锻炼,physical exercise身体锻炼,attend sports activities参加体育活动,waste time浪费时间,influence their study影响学习,it is very unwise that做……是不明智的,keep distance from physical exercise远离体育锻炼;benefit有益于,build a strong body强健身体,relieve pressure释放压力,be beneficial to对……有益etc.。
【常用句型】
1. Physical exercise is a necessary part of our life.
体育锻炼是我们生活中的必要部分。
2. Indeed, it is very unwise for us to keep distance from physical exercise because physical exercise is good for our health. 对于我们,远离体育锻炼真的是不明智的,因为体育锻炼有益于我们的健康。
3. Combining exercise with the diet may be the most effective way to lose weight.
运动与节食结合也许是减肥最有效的途径。
4. Some people run every day in order to lose weight.
有人每天都跑步是为了减肥。
5. A healthy diet creates a body resistant to disease.
健康的饮食能增强身体抵抗疾病的能力。
6. I think healthy living habits are very important for us in current society.
我认为在当今社会,养成健康的生活习惯非常重
要。
7. People have known the importance of keeping healthy and good life habits.
人们已经知道养成健康良好生活习惯的重要性。
8. First, we should eat plenty of fruits and meat or vegetables. We shouldn’t eat too many snack foods. 首先,我们应该吃大量的水果,肉或蔬菜。我们不应当吃太多的快餐。
9. I think more meat and fish, less exercise are bad for health. Good rest, less meat and fish,more vegetables and enough exercise are good for health.
我认为太多的肉和鱼,少量的锻炼都对身体健康不好。充足的睡眠,少吃肉和鱼,多吃蔬菜和足够的锻炼才对身体好。
9. I think more meat and fish, less exercise are bad for health. Good rest, less meat and fish,more vegetables and enough exercise are good for health.
我认为太多的肉和鱼,少量的锻炼都对身体健康不好。充足的睡眠,少吃肉和鱼,多吃蔬菜和足够的锻炼才对身体好。
10. In my opinion, we should form good living habits.
在我看来,我们应该养成良好的生活习惯。
11. Taking part in sports and games will keep us fit and healthy.参加体育运动会使我们健康。
12.In my opinion, we should try to develop healthy eating habits to build up a strong body. 就我来看,我们应养成健康的饮食习惯来塑造一个强健的身体。【写作模板】
三段式
首段:描述现象或点明主题Nowadays, there is a widespread concern over...话题。
第二段:分析原因及结果 As we all know, 话题 can benefit/do harm to us. First,________.Second,________. Third________.
第三段:阐明观点或建议 In my opinion, we/they should/had better________.Only in this way, can we/they________.
单元盘点
词语串串练
As we all know, I’m a fat boy. But I still have a dream that I don’t want to ① gain weight. There are so ②many kinds of lures(诱惑) that I can’t control myself. When I see some delicious snacks, particularly biscuit and dairy food. I will eat it without hesitation. Everyone who knows me③stresses the ④importance of ⑤losing weight.⑥It’s also widely believed that a ⑦balanced diet contributes to keeping a good figure.
ut how can we go on a ⑧well-balanced diet ⑨properly? Nutritionists advise us to take in enough fruits and vegetables like ⑩melon,_?peach and ?pineapple to get enough mineral and ?vitamin rather than junk food.
As long as we insist on eating vegetables and fruits, we will find our weight return to a normal? standard.
众所周知,我是一个胖胖的男孩。但是我仍然有一个不再增加体重的梦想。但是太多的诱惑摆在面前以至于我控制不住自己。当我看到一些好吃的零食,尤其是饼干和奶制品时我都会毫不犹豫地吃掉它。每个认识我的人都向我强调减肥的重要性。人们普遍认为均衡的饮食有助于保持好的身材。
但我们怎样才能正确地进行合理的膳食呢?营养学家建议我们摄入足够的蔬菜和水果,像瓜果、桃子和菠萝等来让我们得到足够的矿物质和维生素,而不是吃一些垃圾食品。只要我们坚持吃水果和蔬菜,我们就会发现我们的体重会回到正常水平。
高考对对碰
链接一 depend
(教材原句P78) Nutritional value depends on what types of food you eat,not when you eat them.[高考例证]
(2011·高考山东卷)—Are you going to Tom’s birthday party?
—________.I might have to work.
A.It depends
B.Thank you
C.Sounds great
D.Don’t mention it,
你做对了吗?
选A。考查交际用语。句意;“——你要去参加汤姆的生日聚会吗?”——“看情况而定。我可能得工作。”根据回答的后半句推测句意选A。C为“听起来不错”,用于接受某人的提议 D为“不用提了”用于回答别人说“thank you”。链接二 that引导同位语从句
(教材原句P86) There is evidence that eating a big breakfast,particularly one containing whole grains and fruit,can improve your concentration and mood.
[高考例证]
(2011·高考天津卷) Modern science has given clear evidence________ smoking can lead to many diseases.
A.what B.which
C.that D.where
选C。考查同位语从句。句意:现代科学有充分的证据表明吸烟会导致多种疾病。结合句意和句子成分可知该句不缺少句子成分,故用that引导,解释说明evidence的内容。,链接三 Lack
(教材原句P79) Proper weight alone doesn’t show whether a diet is lacking in vitamins and minerals.
[高考例证]
(2010·高考福建卷)More and more high-rise buildings have been built in big cities________space.
A.in search of B.in place of
C.for lack of D.for fear of
选C。句意:因缺少空间,在大城市里,越来越多的高楼拔地而起。本题考查介词短语辨析。A项意为“搜寻”;B项意为“代替”;C项意为“因缺乏”;D项意为“以防”。本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件9张PPT。Unit 6 Healthy Diet教材背景链接
Labels (标签) Appear on Products in Sweden
Shopping for rice, Helena Bergstrom admitted that she was confused by the label on the blue box, “87 kilograms of CO2 per kilogram of product”.“Right now, I don’t know what this means,” Ms. Bergstrom said. But if new guidelines succeed, she and millions of other Swedes will soon understand the labels. New labels listing carbon dioxide emissions(排放物) in the process of growing or making around the country.
“People are used to thinking of safety and nutrition as one thing and the environment as another. We’re the first to do it,”said Ulf Bohman, head of the Swedish National Food Administration, which was given the task of drawing up the new food guidelines.
According to the new guidelines, Swedes are not encouraged to eat fish, in spite of thehealth benefit, because Europe’s fish stocks(储备物)are running low. And they are advised to substitute(替代) beans or chicken for red meat,in view of the heavy greenhouse gas emissions produced by raising cattle.
Many people might regard this as silly, but changing one’s diet can be as effective inreducing carbon dioxide emissions as changing the car one drives, experts say. If the new food guidelines are complied(服从)with, Sweden will cut its emissions from food production by 30 percent. It is reported that 25 percent of the emissions produced by people can be traced(追溯;追究) to the food they eat.
新课导入
为减缓全球变暖,瑞典人将每种食物生产或种植过程中所排放的二氧化碳量贴在产品标签上,供人们参考选择环保食品。有专家表示,食用环保食品的减排效果不亚于改用低排量汽车。
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放